Table Of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015
OR
☐☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 001-33033
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Kentucky
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
61-1142247
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville, Kentucky
(Address of principal executive offices)
40223
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (502) 499-4800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, no par value
Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Capital Market
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer”
and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the close of business on June 30, 2015, was
$15,625,021 based upon the last sales price reported for such date on the NASDAQ Capital Market.
20,086,177 shares of Common Stock and 6,858,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, no par value, were outstanding as of February 29, 2016.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 25, 2016 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Table Of Contents
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures
Index to Exhibits
Page No.
1
9
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
22
23
54
56
103
103
103
104
104
104
104
104
104
105
105
106
107
Table Of Contents
Preliminary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
PART I
This report contains statements about the future expectations, activities and events that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements express our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our
future financial and operating performance and growth plans, taking into account information currently available to us. These statements are not statements of historical fact. The words “believe,” “may,”
“should,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “objective,” “seek,” “plan,” “strive” or similar words, or the negatives of these words, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations of future results we expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements.
These risks and uncertainties can be difficult to predict and may be beyond our control. Factors that could contribute to differences in our results include, but are not limited to deterioration in the financial
condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in loan losses and provisions for those losses; changes in the interest rate environment, which may reduce our margins or impact the value of securities,
loans, deposits and other financial instruments; changes in loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments;
general economic or business conditions, either nationally, regionally or locally in the communities we serve, may be worse than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or a
reduced demand for credit; the results of regulatory examinations; any matter that would cause us to conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible assets; the continued service of key
management personnel; our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees; factors that increase the competitive pressure among depository and other financial institutions, including product and
pricing pressures; the ability of our competitors with greater financial resources to develop and introduce products and services that enable them to compete more successfully than us; inability to comply with
regulatory capital requirements and to secure any required regulatory approvals for capital actions; legislative or regulatory developments, including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities,
insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry; and fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.
Other risks are detailed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance or results. A forward-looking statement may include the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. We have made our
assumptions and bases in good faith and believe they are reasonable. We caution you however, that estimates based on such assumptions or bases frequently differ from actual results, and the differences can be
material. The forward-looking statements included in this report speak only as of the date of the report. We do not intend to update these statements unless applicable laws require us to do so.
Item 1.
Business
Overview
Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky. We operate the tenth largest bank domiciled in the Commonwealth of Kentucky based on total assets
through our wholly owned subsidiary PBI Bank (the “Bank”). We operate 15 banking offices in twelve counties in Kentucky. Our markets include metropolitan Louisville in Jefferson County and the surrounding
counties of Henry and Bullitt. We serve south central Kentucky and southern Kentucky from banking offices in Butler, Green, Hart, Edmonson, Barren, Warren, Ohio, and Daviess Counties. We also have an
office in Lexington, the second largest city in Kentucky. The Bank is a community bank with a wide range of commercial and personal banking products. As of December 31, 2015, we had total assets of $948.7
million, total loans of $618.7 million, total deposits of $878.0 million and stockholders’ equity of $32.0 million.
Our Markets
We operate in markets that include the four largest cities in Kentucky – Louisville, Lexington, Bowling Green and Owensboro – and in other communities along the I-65 corridor.
■ Louisville/Jefferson, Bullitt and Henry Counties: Our headquarters are in Louisville, the largest city in Kentucky. We also have banking offices in Bullitt County, south of Louisville, and Henry
County, east of Louisville. Our five banking offices in these counties also serve the contiguous counties of Spencer, Shelby and Oldham to the east and northeast of Louisville. The area’s major
employers are diversified across many industries and include the air hub for United Parcel Service (“UPS”), two Ford assembly plants, General Electric’s Consumer and Industrial division, Humana,
Norton Healthcare, Brown-Forman, YUM! Brands, Papa John’s Pizza, and Texas Roadhouse.
1
Table Of Contents
■ Lexington/Fayette County: Lexington, located in Fayette County, is the second largest city in Kentucky. Lexington is the financial, educational, retail, healthcare and cultural hub for Central and
Eastern Kentucky. It is known worldwide for its horse farms and Keeneland Race Track, and proudly boasts of itself as “The Horse Capital of the World.” It is also the home of the University of
Kentucky and Transylvania University. The area’s major employers include Toyota, Lexmark, IBM Global Services and Valvoline.
■
Southern Kentucky: This market includes Bowling Green, the third largest city in Kentucky, located about 60 miles north of Nashville, Tennessee. Bowling Green, located in Warren County, is the
home of Western Kentucky University and is the economic hub of the area. This market also includes communities in the contiguous Barren County, including the city of Glasgow. Major employers
in Barren and Warren Counties include GM’s Corvette plant, several other automotive facilities, and R.R. Donnelley’s regional printing facility.
■ Owensboro/Daviess County: Owensboro, located on the banks of the Ohio River, is Kentucky’s fourth largest city. The city is called a festival city, with over 20 annual community celebrations that
attract visitors from around the world, including its world famous Bar-B-Q Festival which attracts over 80,000 visitors. It is an industrial, medical, retail and cultural hub for Western Kentucky and
the area employers include Owensboro Medical System, Texas Gas, US Bank Home Mortgage and Toyotetsu.
■
South Central Kentucky: South of the Louisville metropolitan area, we have banking offices in Butler, Edmonson, Green, Hart, and Ohio Counties. This region includes stable community markets
comprised primarily of agricultural and service-based businesses. Each of our banking offices in these markets has a stable customer and core deposit base.
Our Products and Services
We meet our customers’ banking needs with a broad range of financial products and services. Our lending services include real estate, commercial, mortgage, agriculture, and consumer loans to small to medium-
sized businesses, the owners and employees of those businesses, as well as other executives and professionals. We complement our lending operations with an array of retail and commercial deposit products. In
addition, we offer our customers drive-through banking facilities, automatic teller machines, night depository, personalized checks, credit cards, debit cards, internet banking, mobile banking, treasury
management services, remote deposit services, electronic funds transfers through ACH services, domestic and foreign wire transfers, cash management, vault services, along with loan and deposit sweep accounts.
Employees
At December 31, 2015, the Company had 244 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and management considers the Company’s relationship with
employees to be good.
Competition
The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition from many other financial institutions. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit
accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services offered, the convenience of banking facilities and, in the case of loans to
commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms,
insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices within our market area and beyond.
Supervision and Regulation
Consent Order and Written Agreement. On June 24, 2011, the Bank entered into a consent order (the “Consent Order”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Kentucky Department
of Financial Institutions (“KDFI”). The Bank agreed to obtain the written consent of both agencies before declaring or paying any future dividends. The Consent Order established benchmarks for the Bank to
improve its asset quality, reduce its loan concentrations, and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%.
On September 21, 2011, we entered into a written agreement (“Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. The Company made formal commitments in the Written Agreement to use its
financial and management resources to serve as a source of strength for the Bank and to assist the Bank in addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written
approval, to pay no interest or principal on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without written approval, and to submit an acceptable plan to maintain sufficient capital.
2
Table Of Contents
The Consent Order with the FDIC and KDFI was subsequently revised in October 2012 and October 2015. In the most recent revision, the Bank continues to agree to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of
9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. The Bank also agrees that if it should be unable to reach the required capital levels, and if directed in writing by the FDIC, then the Bank would within 30
days develop, adopt and implement a written plan to sell or merge itself into another federally insured financial institution or otherwise obtain a capital investment into the Bank sufficient to recapitalize the Bank.
The Bank has not been directed by the FDIC to implement such a plan. The most recent Consent Order includes several of the substantive provisions of the prior Consent Orders, but omits previous provisions
related to reducing loan concentrations, which the Bank has satisfied. It also requires the Bank to continue to adhere to the plans implemented in response to the prior Consent Orders.
We continue to work towards achieving capital ratio compliance. At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.08% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 10.58%, which are below the
minimums of 9.0% and 12.0% required by the Consent Order.
Bank and Holding Company Laws, Rules and Regulations. The following is a summary description of the relevant laws, rules and regulations governing banks and bank holding companies. The descriptions
of, and references to, the statutes and regulations below are brief summaries and do not purport to be complete. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the specific statutes and regulations
discussed.
The Dodd-Frank Act. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed new restrictions and
an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions, including depository institutions. Because the Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of regulations with
significant discretion, certain of the details of the law and the effects it will have on the Company are not known at this time.
The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States. There are a number of reform provisions that significantly impact the ways in which banks
and bank holding companies, including us, do business. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance premiums by modifying the assessment base calculation to be
based on a depository institution’s consolidated assets less tangible capital instead of deposits, and permanently increased the standard maximum amount of deposit insurance per customer to $250,000. The Dodd-
Frank Act also imposed more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred security
issuances from counting as Tier I capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also repealed the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on
business transaction and other accounts. The Act codified and expanded the Federal Reserve’s source of strength doctrine, which requires that all bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength for
its subsidiary banks. Other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act include, but are not limited to: (i) the creation of a new financial consumer protection agency that is empowered to promulgate new consumer
protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection; (ii) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including derivatives and securitization markets; (iii) reform related to
the regulation of credit rating agencies; (iv) the elimination of certain trading activities by banks; and (v) new disclosure and other requirements relating to executive compensation and corporate governance.
Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require interpretation and rule-making by federal agencies. The Company monitors all relevant sections of the Dodd-Frank Act to ensure continued compliance with laws
and regulations. While the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company is not fully known, the law is likely to result in greater compliance costs and higher fees paid to regulators, along with possible
restrictions on the Company’s operations.
Porter Bancorp. The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As such, we must file with the Federal Reserve Board annual and quarterly reports and other information regarding our business operations and the
business operations of our subsidiaries. We are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board and to operational guidelines established by the Federal Reserve Board. We are subject to the Bank
Holding Company Act and other federal laws on the types of activities in which we may engage, and to other supervisory requirements, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and
regulations.
3
Table Of Contents
Acquisitions. A bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting stock or all or substantially all of
the assets of a bank, merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company and before engaging, or acquiring a company that is not a bank but is engaged in certain non-banking activities. Federal law
also prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company without notifying the Federal Reserve Board in advance, and then may only do so if the Federal Reserve Board
does not object to the proposed transaction. The Federal Reserve Board has established a rebuttable presumptive standard that the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting stock of a bank holding company would
constitute an acquisition of control of the bank holding company. In addition, any company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that
is a bank holding company) or more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over a bank holding company.
Permissible Activities. A bank holding company is generally permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act to engage in or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank,
bank holding company or company engaged in any activity that the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking.
Under current federal law, a bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company, which enables the holding company to conduct activities that are “financial in nature,” incidental to financial
activity, or complementary to financial activity that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. Activities that are “financial in nature”
include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal
Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in
activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. We have not filed an election to become a financial holding company.
Capital Adequacy Requirements. Both the Company and the Bank are required to comply with capital adequacy guidelines. Guidelines are established by the Federal Reserve Board for the Company and the
FDIC for the Bank. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have substantially similar risk based and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations, which are intended to ensure that banking
organizations have adequate capital related to the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet instruments. The capital adequacy guidelines are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking
organizations that meet certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions well above
the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve
Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory
levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. The Bank is subject to a Consent Order with its primary regulators and therefore cannot be considered well-capitalized. The Consent Order calls for a Tier 1
leverage ratio of 9.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.0%. PBI Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio and total-risk based capital ratios were 6.08% and 10.58%, respectively at December 31, 2015.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC approved final rules that substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and Bank. The final rules implement the
regulatory capital reforms of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision reflected in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems” (“Basel III”) and changes
required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital reforms became effective for the Company and Bank on January 1, 2015, and include new minimum risk-based
capital and leverage ratios. These rules refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating the capital ratios.
The Basel III minimum capital level requirements applicable to bank holding companies and banks subject to the rules are a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%, a
total risk-based capital ratio of 8%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, to be phased in over three years, above the regulatory
minimum risk-based capital ratios. Once the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the minimum ratios area common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5%,
and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%.
The phase-in of the capital conservation buffer requirement begins in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution is subject
to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if capital levels fall below minimum levels plus the buffer amounts. These limitations establish a maximum
percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.
4
Table Of Contents
Under these new rules, Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stock (plus related surplus) and retained earnings, limited amounts of minority interest in the form of additional Tier 1 capital instruments, and
non-cumulative preferred stock and related surplus, subject to certain eligibility standards, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets and other regulatory deductions. Tier 2 capital may consist of
subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments, qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses. Proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless
issued before 2010 by an institution with less than $15 billion of assets. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.
Prompt Corrective Action. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the FDIC must take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. FDIC regulations define
the levels at which an insured institution would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A bank is
“undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual
capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. The degree of regulatory scrutiny increases and the permissible activities of a bank decrease, as the bank moves downward through the capital
categories. Depending on a bank’s level of capital, the FDIC’s corrective powers include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
requiring a capital restoration plan;
placing limits on asset growth and restriction on activities;
requiring the bank to issue additional voting or other capital stock or to be acquired;
placing restrictions on transactions with affiliates;
restricting the interest rate the bank may pay on deposits;
ordering a new election of the bank’s board of directors;
requiring that certain senior executive officers or directors be dismissed;
prohibiting the bank from accepting deposits from correspondent banks;
requiring the bank to divest certain subsidiaries;
prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and
ultimately, appointing a receiver for the bank.
If an institution is required to submit a capital restoration plan, the institution’s holding company must guarantee the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any
such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy. The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser
of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an
institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior
Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.
Dividends. Under Federal Reserve Board policy, bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is
consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not declare a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding
company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Historically, the majority of our revenue has been from dividends paid to us by the Bank. The Bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit
the amount of dividends it can pay. If, in the opinion of a federal regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, the agency may
require, after notice and hearing, that the institution cease such practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be
an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”), an insured institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become
undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements providing that bank holding companies and banks should generally pay dividends
only out of current operating earnings. A bank holding company may still declare and pay a dividend if it does not have current operating earnings if the bank holding company expects profits for the entire year
and the bank holding company obtains the prior consent of the Federal Reserve. The Company and the Bank must obtain the prior written consent of each of their primary regulators prior to declaring or paying
any future dividends.
5
Table Of Contents
Under Kentucky law, dividends by Kentucky banks may be paid only from current or retained net profits. Before any dividend may be declared for any period (other than with respect to preferred stock), a bank
must increase its capital surplus by at least 10% of the net profits of the bank for the period until the bank’s capital surplus equals the amount of its stated capital attributable to its common stock. Moreover, the
KDFI must approve the declaration of dividends if the total dividends to be declared by a bank for any calendar year would exceed the bank’s total net profits for such year combined with its retained net profits
for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of preferred stock or debt. We are also subject to the Kentucky Business Corporation Act, which generally prohibits
dividends to the extent they result in the insolvency of the corporation from a balance sheet perspective or in the corporation becoming unable to pay its debts as they come due. The Bank did not pay any
dividends in 2015 or 2014.
With respect to the payment of dividends, Porter Bancorp’s issued and outstanding Series E and Series F Preferred Shares rank senior to its common shares and non-voting common shares.
Source of Financial Strength. Under Federal Reserve policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, its bank subsidiaries. This support
may be required at times when, absent such a policy, the bank holding company may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by the bank holding company to its bank subsidiaries are
subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the bank subsidiary. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a
federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of subsidiary banks will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. The Federal Reserve’s “Source of Financial Strength”
policy was codified in the Dodd-Frank Act.
PBI Bank. The Bank, a Kentucky chartered commercial bank, is subject to regular bank examinations and other supervision and regulation by both the FDIC and the KDFI. Kentucky’s banking statutes contain a
“super-parity” provision that permits a well-rated Kentucky banking corporation to engage in any banking activity which could be engaged in by a national bank operating in any state; a state bank, a thrift or
savings bank operating in any other state; or a federal chartered thrift or federal savings association meeting the qualified thrift lender test and operating in any state could engage, provided the Kentucky bank first
obtains a legal opinion specifying the statutory or regulatory provisions that permit the activity.
Capital Requirements. Please see capital adequacy requirements discussion above. As previously discussed, PBI Bank has agreed with its primary regulators to maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-
weighted assets of at least 12.0% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9%. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank’s ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 10.58% and its Tier I leverage ratio was 6.08%, both
under the ratios required by the Consent Order.
Deposit Insurance Assessments. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law and are subject to the deposit insurance
premium assessments of the DIF. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system, which was amended pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”).
Under this system, as amended, the assessment rates for an insured depository institution vary according to the level of risk incurred in its activities. To arrive at an assessment rate for a banking institution, the
FDIC places it in one of four risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels and supervisory ratings. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time, at the discretion of the FDIC, subject
to certain limits.
The Dodd-Frank Act imposed additional assessments and costs with respect to deposits. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance assessments based on total assets rather than total
deposits. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC revised the deposit insurance assessment system and implemented a revised assessment rate process with the goal of differentiating insured depository
institutions who pose greater risk to the DIF.
Safety and Soundness Standards. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit
systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial
standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to these matters. In general, the guidelines require, among other things,
appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe
compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. In addition, the agencies
adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a
compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order
directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDIA. See
“Prompt Corrective Actions” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.
6
Table Of Contents
Branching. Kentucky law permits Kentucky chartered banks to establish a banking office in any county in Kentucky. A Kentucky bank may also establish a banking office outside of Kentucky. Well capitalized
Kentucky banks that have been in operation at least three years and satisfy certain criteria relating to, among other things, their composite and management ratings, may establish a banking office in Kentucky
without the approval of the KDFI upon notice to the KDFI and any other state bank with its main office located in the county where the new banking office will be located. Branching by all other banks requires
the approval of the KDFI, which must ascertain and determine that the public convenience and advantage will be served and promoted and that there is reasonable probability of the successful operation of the
banking office. The transaction must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the
community and consistency with corporate powers.
Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act effectively eliminated the interstate branching restrictions set forth in the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. Banks located in any state may
now de novo branch in any other state, including Kentucky. Such unlimited branching power may increase competition within the markets in which the Company and the Bank operate.
Insider Credit Transactions. The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act
and Regulation O apply to all insured depository institutions and their subsidiaries. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made.
There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests, which may not exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus.
Consumer Protection Laws. The Bank is subject to federal consumer protection statues and regulations promulgated under those laws, including, but not limited to, the:
Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
●
● Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, requiring financial institutions to provide certain information about home mortgage and refinanced loans;
● Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”), requiring lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements and prohibiting certain abusive
practices;
Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act (“S.A.F.E. Act”), requiring residential loan originators who are employees of financial institutions to meet registration requirements;
Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V, governing the provision of consumer information to credit reporting agencies and the use of consumer information;
Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, religion or other prohibited factors in the extension of credit;
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;
Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD, which requires disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;
●
●
●
●
●
● Regulation CC, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;
● Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial
●
records;
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, governing automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other
electronic banking services;
● Automated Overdraft Payment Regulations and Regulation E, requiring financial institutions to provide customer notices, monitor overdraft payment programs, and prohibiting financial institutions from
charging consumer fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one time debit card transactions unless a consumer consents, or opts in to the service for those types of transactions.
The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal
consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions will be subject to
rules promulgated by the CFPB, but will continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive
acts or practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages
including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as
defined by the CFPB.
7
Table Of Contents
The Dodd-Frank Act also permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general
to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. Federal preemption of state consumer protection law requirements, traditionally an attribute of the federal savings association charter,
has also been modified by the Dodd-Frank Act and now requires a case-by-case determination of preemption by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and eliminates preemption for subsidiaries
of a bank. Depending on the implementation of this revised federal preemption standard, the operations of the Bank could become subject to additional compliance burdens in the states in which it operates.
Loans to One Borrower. Under current limits, loans and extensions of credit outstanding at one time to a single borrower and not fully secured generally may not exceed 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital
and unimpaired surplus. Loans and extensions of credit fully secured by certain readily marketable collateral may represent an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.
Volcker Rule. On December 10, 2013, the final Volcker Rule under the Dodd-Frank Act was approved and implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”), and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. The Volcker Rule attempts to reduce risk and banking system instability by restricting U.S. banks from investing in or engaging in proprietary trading
and speculation and imposing a strict framework to justify exemptions for underwriting, market-making and hedging activities. U.S. banks will be restricted from investing in funds with collateral comprised of
less than 100% loans that are not registered with the SEC and from engaging in hedging activities that do not hedge a specific identified risk. We do not believe the Volcker Rule will have a significant effect on
the Bank’s operations.
Privacy. Federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions. Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship
and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited
exceptions, an institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given
the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or
deceptive means.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the FDIC to assess our record in meeting the credit needs of the communities we serve, including low- and moderate-income
neighborhoods and persons. The FDIC’s assessment of our record is made available to the public. The assessment also is part of the Federal Reserve Board’s consideration of applications to acquire, merge or
consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new banking office or to relocate an office.
Bank Secrecy Act. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”) was enacted to deter money laundering, establish regulatory reporting standards for currency transactions and improve detection and investigation of
criminal, tax and other regulatory violations. BSA and subsequent laws and regulations require us to take steps to prevent the use of the Bank in the flow of illegal or illicit money, including, without limitation,
ensuring effective management oversight, establishing sound policies and procedures, developing effective monitoring and reporting capabilities, ensuring adequate training and establishing a comprehensive
internal audit of BSA compliance activities. In recent years, federal regulators have increased the attention paid to compliance with the provisions of BSA and related laws, with particular attention paid to “Know
Your Customer” practices. Banks have been encouraged by regulators to enhance their identification procedures prior to accepting new customers in order to deter criminal elements from using the banking
system to move and hide illegal and illicit activities.
USA Patriot Act. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. The
Patriot Act requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures to combat money laundering and the financing of terrorism. This includes standards for verifying customer identification at account
opening, as well as rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. It grants the
Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on the operations of financial institutions. In addition, the Patriot Act requires the federal bank
regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions.
Effect on Economic Environment. The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies
and bank subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank
borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits.
Their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.
8
Table Of Contents
Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies
and the effect of such policies on our business and earnings and those of our subsidiaries cannot be predicted.
Recently Enacted and Future Legislation. From time to time various laws, regulations and governmental programs affecting financial institutions and the financial industry are introduced in Congress or
otherwise promulgated by regulatory agencies. Such measures may change the environment in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate in substantial and unpredictable ways. The nature and extent of
future legislative, regulatory or other changes affecting financial institutions are unpredictable at this time. Future legislation, policies and the effects thereof might have a significant influence on overall growth
and distribution of loans, investments and deposits. They also may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on time and savings deposits. New legislation and policies have had a significant effect on the
operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future.
Available Information
We file periodic reports with the SEC including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current event reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements. The public may read and copy any
materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at
http://www.sec.gov. Our SEC reports are accessible at no cost on our web site at http://www.pbibank.com, under the Investors Relations section, once they have been electronically filed with the SEC. A
shareholder may also request a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K free of charge upon written request to: Chief Financial Officer, Porter Bancorp, Inc., 2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville, Kentucky
40223.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a number of risks. Realization of any of the risks described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash
flow and/or future prospects.
We are subject to a Consent Order with the FDIC and the KDFI and a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve that restrict the conduct of our operations and may have a material adverse effect
on our business.
Our Consent Order with the FDIC and the KDFI requires the Bank to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. If it should be unable to reach the
required capital levels, and if directed in writing by the FDIC, the Bank has agreed to develop, adopt and implement within 30 days a written plan to sell or merge itself into another federally insured financial
institution or otherwise obtain a capital investment into the Bank sufficient to recapitalize the Bank. The Bank has not been directed by the FDIC to implement such a plan. The Consent Order requires the Bank to
obtain the written consent of both agencies before declaring or paying any future dividends to the Company. The most recent Consent Order requires the Bank to continue to adhere to the plans implemented in
response to prior Consent Orders, but omits previous provisions related to reducing loan concentrations, which the Bank has satisfied.
We continue to work towards achieving capital ratio compliance. At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.08% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 10.58%, which are below the
minimums of 9.0% and 12.0% required by the Bank’s Consent Order.
In a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, the Company made formal commitments in the agreement to use its financial and management resources to serve as a source of strength for the
Bank and to assist the Bank in addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written approval, to pay no interest or principal on subordinated debentures or trust
preferred securities without written approval, and to submit an acceptable plan to maintain sufficient capital.
Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet minimum regulatory capital levels and the other terms of a consent order. The agencies may initiate changes in management,
issue mandatory directives, impose monetary penalties or refrain from formal sanctions, depending on individual circumstances. Any action taken by bank regulatory agencies could damage our reputation and
have a material adverse effect on our business. Compliance with our Consent Order also increases our operating expense, and adversely affects our financial performance.
9
Table Of Contents
We have made commitments to the banking regulators to raise additional capital. Our inability to increase our capital to the levels required by our bank regulatory agreements could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
We incurred a net loss of $3.2 million and $11.2 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Losses, non-performing loan costs, expenses for other real estate owned (“OREO”), and asset impairments have reduced
our capital below the levels we agreed to maintain with our banking regulators. While we believe we have recognized the probable losses in our portfolio, further credit deterioration could result in additional
losses and a reduction in capital levels.
In its Consent Order with the FDIC and the KDFI, the Bank has agreed to maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 12.0% and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets of 9.0%. As of
December 31, 2015, the Bank’s ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 10.58% and its ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets was 6.08%, both below the ratios required by the consent order.
We have agreed to restore our capital ratios to levels that comply with our regulatory agreements. We have implemented several initiatives to increase our regulatory capital and reduce our non-performing assets
and continue to evaluate other specific initiatives to attain these objectives, such as selling assets and raising capital by selling stock.
Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets (which are outside of our control) and our financial performance, including the management of our
revenue, expenses, levels of average assets, credit quality, levels of OREO, and contingent liability risks. We may not have access to capital on acceptable terms or at all. Our inability to raise additional capital on
acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to comply with our regulatory capital
requirements, it could result in more stringent enforcement actions by the bank regulatory agencies, which could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.
Regulatory restrictions have prevented us from paying interest on the junior subordinated debentures that relate to our trust preferred securities since the fourth quarter of 2011. If we cannot pay
accrued and unpaid interest on these securities for more than twenty consecutive quarters, we will be in default.
Effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities. Deferring interest payments on the junior
subordinated debentures resulted in a deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities.
If we defer distributions on our trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarters, we must pay all deferred distributions in full or we will be in default. Our deferral period expires in the third quarter of 2016.
Deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities, which totaled $2.5 million as of December 31, 2015, are cumulative, and unpaid distributions accrue and compound on each subsequent payment date. If as
a result of a default we become subject to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the trust preferred securities will be entitled to receive the liquidation amounts to which they are entitled, including
all accrued and unpaid distributions, before any distribution can be made to our shareholders. In addition, the holders of our Series E and Series F Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive liquidation
distributions totaling more than $10.5 million before any distribution can be made to the holders of our common shares.
As a bank holding company, we depend on dividends and distributions paid to us by our banking subsidiary.
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and our other subsidiaries. Our principal source of cash flow, from which we would fund any dividends paid to our shareholders, has historically
been dividends the Company receives from the Bank. Regulations of the FDIC and the KDFI govern the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and other distributions to us, and regulations of the Federal Reserve
govern our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to our shareholders. In its consent order with the FDIC and the KDFI, the Bank agreed not to pay dividends to us without the prior consent of those
regulators. Liquid assets were $1.0 million at December 31, 2015. Since the Bank is unlikely to be in a position to pay dividends to the Company until the Consent Order is satisfied and the Bank returns to
profitability, cash inflows for the Company are limited to common stock or debt issuances. As of December 31, 2015, we could issue approximately 5 million common shares while still preserving the value of our
NOLs under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Ongoing operating expenses of the Company are forecasted at approximately $1.0 million for 2016. See the “Item 1. Business” “Item 5. Market for
Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities – Dividends.”
10
Table Of Contents
We are effectively precluded from paying any dividends for the foreseeable future.
Our agreement with the holders of our trust preferred securities provides that we cannot pay dividends until we pay all deferred distributions in full and resume paying quarterly distributions. We have also agreed
with the Federal Reserve to obtain its written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends. As a practical matter, we cannot pay dividends until the Consent Order is satisfied and we return to
profitability. In addition, the dividend preferences of our Series E and Series F Preferred Shares entitle our preferred shareholders to receive an annual, noncumulative 2% dividend before we can pay a dividend
on our non-voting common shares and voting common shares.
Our holding company debt could make it difficult to raise capital.
At December 31, 2015, we had an aggregate obligation of $23.5 million relating to the principal and accrued unpaid interest on our four issues of junior subordinated debentures, which has resulted in a deferral of
distributions on our trust preferred securities. Although we are permitted to defer payments on these securities for up to five years (and we commenced doing so in 2011), the deferred interest payments continue
to accrue until paid in full. Our deferral period expires in the third quarter of 2016.
Our holding company debt could make it difficult to recapitalize or enter into a business combination transaction because any investor or purchaser would effectively assume the outstanding liability on the debt in
addition to the amount of funds such investors or purchaser would need to provide in order to recapitalize the Bank and the Company.
We are defendants in various legal proceedings.
The Company and the Bank are involved in judicial proceedings and regulatory investigations concerning matters arising from our business activities. Although we believe we have a meritorious defense in all
significant litigation pending against us, we cannot assure you as to the ultimate outcome. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur. We record contingent liabilities
resulting from claims against us when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Assessing probability of loss and estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple
factors, including in some cases judgments about the potential actions of third party claimants and courts. Recorded contingent liabilities are based on the best information available and actual losses in any future
period are inherently uncertain. Accruals are not made in cases where liability is not probable or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated. We provide disclosure of matters where we believe liability is
reasonably possible and which may be material to our consolidated financial statements. If we do not prevail, the ultimate outcome of litigation matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition, results of operations, or cash flows. For more information about ongoing legal proceedings, see “Note 24 – Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Bank previously has served as trustee for Employee Stock Ownership Plans (“ESOP”) which engaged in transactions that under review are the subject of litigation initiated by the U. S.
Department of Labor (“DOL”), subjecting us to certain financial risks.
From 2007 until the first quarter of 2013, the Bank served as trustee for certain ESOPs that purchased the stock of companies from prior owners in purchase transactions. Stock purchase transactions by ESOPs
are subject to regular and routine reviews by the DOL for compliance with ERISA. Failure to fulfill our fiduciary duties under ERISA with respect to any such plan would subject us to certain financial risks such
as claims for damages as well as fines and penalties assessable under ERISA. The Bank has been a defendant in legal proceedings initiated by the DOL with respect to two stock purchase transactions by ESOPs
for which the Bank served as trustee. One such matter has been settled, and the parties have agreed to settle the second matter subject to final documentation. A ruling in any future litigation that the Bank failed to
fulfill its fiduciary duties under ERISA with respect to an ESOP, including stock purchases by the ESOP, would subject us to claims for damages as well as fines and penalties assessable under ERISA. See “Note
24 – Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Investigations into and heightened scrutiny of our operations could result in additional costs and damage our reputation.
In October 2014, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) initiated an investigation concerning possible violations of federal laws, including, among other things, possible violations related to false bank entries, bank
fraud and securities fraud. The investigation concerns allegations that Bank personnel engaged in practices intended to delay or avoid disclosure of the Bank’s asset quality at the time of and following the United
States Treasury’s purchase of preferred shares from the Company in November 2008. We are cooperating with the investigation. To date, DOJ has made no determination whether to pursue any action in the
matter. Heightened scrutiny of the operations of the Company and the Bank by federal and state officials may subject us to governmental or regulatory inquiries, investigations, actions, penalties and fines, which
could adversely affect our reputation and result in costs to us in excess of current reserves and management’s estimate of the aggregate range of possible loss for litigation matters.
11
Table Of Contents
Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and by economic conditions generally.
Weakness in business and economic conditions generally or specifically in our markets may have one or more of the following adverse effects on our business:
● A decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by us;
● A decrease in the value of collateral securing our loans;
● An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as core deposit intangibles; and
● An increase in the number of customers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans.
Adverse conditions in the general business environment have had an adverse effect on our business in the past. Although the general business environment has improved, we cannot predict how long such
improvement can be sustained. In addition, the improvement of certain economic indicators, such as real estate asset values, rents, and unemployment, may vary between geographic markets and may continue to
lag behind improvement in the overall economy. These economic indicators typically affect the real estate and financial services industries, in which we have a significant number of customers, more significantly
than other economic sectors. Furthermore, we have a substantial lending business that depends upon the ability of borrowers to make debt service payments on loans. Should economic conditions worsen, our
business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
A large percentage of our loans are collateralized by real estate, and prolonged weakness in the real estate market may result in losses and adversely affect our profitability.
Approximately 80.1% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015, was comprised of commercial and residential loans collateralized by real estate. Adverse economic conditions could decrease demand for real
estate and depress real estate values in our markets. Persistent weakness in the real estate market could significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. The real
estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If real estate values decline
further, it will become more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan losses. If during a period of depressed real estate values, we were required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan
to satisfy the debt or to increase our allowance for loan losses, it could materially reduce our profitability and adversely affect our financial condition.
We offer real estate construction and development loans, which carry a higher degree of risk than other real estate loans. Weakness in the residential construction and commercial development real
estate markets has in the past increased the non-performing assets in our loan portfolio and our provision for loan loss expense. These impacts have had, and could have in the future, a material
adverse effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
Approximately 5.4% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015 consisted of real estate construction and development loans, up slightly from 5.3% at December 31, 2014 and down from 6.1% at December
2013. These loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of existing properties because repayment depends on the ultimate completion of the project and usually on the sale of the
property. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to its completion, we may not be able to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan or we may be required to fund additional money to complete the
project, or hold the property for an indeterminate period of time. Any of these outcomes may result in losses and adversely affect our profitability and financial condition.
Residential construction and commercial development real estate activity in our markets were affected by challenging economic conditions following the financial crisis of 2008. Weakness in these sectors could
lead to additional valuation adjustments to our loan portfolios and real estate owned as we continue to reassess the fair value of our non-performing assets, the loss severity of loans in default and the fair value of
real estate owned. We also may realize additional losses in connection with our disposition of non-performing assets. A weak real estate market could further reduce demand for residential housing, which, in turn,
could adversely affect real estate development and construction activities. Consequently, the longer challenging economic conditions persist, the more likely they are to adversely affect the ability of residential
real estate development borrowers to repay these loans and the value of property used as collateral for such loans. These economic conditions and market factors have negatively affected some of our larger loans
in the past, causing our total net-charge offs to increase and requiring us to significantly increase our allowance for loan losses. Any further increase in our non-performing assets and related increases in our
provision for loan loss expense could negatively affect our business and could have a material adverse effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
12
Table Of Contents
Our decisions regarding credit risk may not be accurate, and our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual losses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio based on historical loan loss experience, economic and environmental factors,
specific problem loans, value of underlying collateral and other relevant factors. If our assessment of these factors is ultimately inaccurate, the allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual future loan losses,
which would adversely affect our operating results. Our estimates are subjective, and their accuracy depends on the outcome of future events. Changes in economic, operating, and other conditions that are
generally beyond our control could cause actual loan losses to increase significantly. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their supervisory functions, periodically review the adequacy of
our allowance for loan losses. Regulatory agencies have from time to time required us to increase our provision for loan losses or to recognize additional loan charge-offs when their judgment has differed from
ours. Any of these events could have a material negative impact on our operating results.
Our levels of classified loans and non-performing assets may increase in the foreseeable future if economic conditions cause more borrowers to default. Further, the value of the collateral underlying a given loan,
and the realizable value of such collateral in a foreclosure sale, may decline, making us less likely to realize a full recovery if a borrower defaults on a loan. Any additional increases in the level of our non-
performing assets, loan charge-offs or provision for loan losses, or our inability to realize the estimated net value of underlying collateral in the event of a loan default, could negatively affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations and the trading price of our securities.
If we experience greater credit losses than anticipated, our operating results would be adversely affected.
As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure
repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolio
will relate principally to the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate serving as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolio
will relate principally to the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated loss losses based on a number of factors. We believe that our allowance for loan
losses is adequate. However, if our assumptions or judgments are wrong, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual loan losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in
response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio. The actual amount of
future provisions for loan losses cannot be determined at this time and may vary from the amounts of past provisions.
We continue to hold and acquire OREO properties, which could increase operating expenses and result in future losses to the Company.
During recent years, we have acquired a significant amount of real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure that is listed on our balance sheet as other real estate owned (“OREO”). An
increase in our OREO portfolio increases the expenses incurred to manage and dispose of these properties, which sometimes includes funding construction required to facilitate sale. We expect that our operating
results in 2016 will continue to be adversely affected by expenses associated with OREO, including insurance and taxes, completion and repair costs, as well as by the funding costs associated with OREO assets.
Properties in our OREO portfolio are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans for which the properties previously served as collateral or “fair value,” which represents the estimated sales price
of the properties on the date acquired less estimated selling costs. Generally, in determining “fair value” an orderly disposition of the property is assumed, except where a different disposition strategy is expected.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of OREO, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current may change during periods of market volatility.
Any decreases in market prices of real estate in our market areas may lead to additional OREO write downs, with a corresponding expense in our statement of operations. We evaluate OREO property values
periodically and write down the carrying value of the properties if and when the results of our analysis require it.
13
Table Of Contents
In response to market conditions and other economic factors, we may utilize alternative sale strategies other than orderly disposition as part of our OREO disposition strategy, such as auctions or bulk sales. In this
event, as a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from such sales transactions could differ
significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of our OREO properties. In addition, our disposition of OREO through alternative sales strategies could impact
the fair value of comparable OREO properties remaining in our portfolio.
Our profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions.
Because most of our business activities are conducted in central Kentucky and most of our credit exposure is in that region, we are at risk from adverse economic or business developments affecting this area,
including declining regional and local business and employment activity, a downturn in real estate values and agricultural activities and natural disasters. To the extent the central Kentucky economy weakens, the
rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses in our loan portfolio will likely increase. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that secures our loans could be adversely affected by the
economic downturn or a localized natural disaster. Events that adversely affect business activity and real estate values in Central Kentucky have had and may continue to have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
Our small to medium-sized business portfolio may have fewer resources to weather a downturn in the economy.
Our portfolio includes loans to small and medium-sized businesses and other commercial enterprises. Small and medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market shares than their competitors, may be
more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial variations in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower’s
ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small or medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons. The death, disability or
resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay our loan. A continued economic downturn may have a more pronounced negative impact
on our target market, causing us to incur substantial credit losses that could materially harm our operating results.
Our profitability is vulnerable to fluctuations in interest rates.
Changes in interest rates could harm our financial condition or results of operations. Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, the difference between interest earned on interest-earning
assets (such as investments and loans) and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities (such as deposits and borrowings). Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary
policies and domestic or international economic or political conditions. Factors beyond our control, such as inflation, recession, unemployment and money supply may also affect interest rates. If, as a result of
decreasing interest rates, our interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than our interest-bearing liabilities in a given period, our net interest income may decrease. Likewise, our net interest income
may decrease if interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period as a result of increasing interest rates.
Fixed-rate loans increase our exposure to interest rate risk in a rising rate environment because interest-bearing liabilities would be subject to repricing before assets become subject to repricing. Fixed rate
investment securities are subject to fair value declines as interest rates rise. Adjustable-rate loans decrease the risk associated with changes in interest rates but involve other risks, such as the inability of borrowers
to make higher payments in an increasing interest rate environment. At the same time, for secured loans, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. In a
declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as the borrowers refinance their loans at lower interest rates, which could reduce net interest income and harm our results of
operations.
If we cannot obtain adequate funding, we may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, or meet the operating cash needs of the Company.
Our liquidity policies and limits are established by the Board of Directors of the Bank, with operating limits set by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), based upon analyses of the ratio of loans to deposits
and the percentage of assets funded with non-core or wholesale funding. The ALCO regularly monitors the overall liquidity position of the Bank and the Company to ensure that various alternative strategies exist
to meet unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost. If our liquidity policies and strategies do not work as well as intended,
then we may be unable to make loans and to repay deposit liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers. The ALCO follows established board approved policies and monitors guidelines to
diversify our wholesale funding sources to avoid concentrations in any one-market source. Wholesale funding sources include Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and Federal
Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances that are collateralized with mortgage-related assets. We are currently prohibited from accepting brokered deposits. We are also subject to FDIC interest rate restrictions for
deposits. As such, we are permitted to offer up to the “national rate” plus 75 basis points as published weekly by the FDIC.
14
Table Of Contents
We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity. There are other available sources of liquidity, including additional collateralized borrowings such as FHLB advances, the
issuance of debt securities, and the issuance of preferred or common shares in public or private transactions. If we were unable to access any of these funding sources when needed, we might not be able to meet
the needs of our customers, which could adversely impact our financial condition, our results of operations, cash flows, and our level of regulatory-qualifying capital.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future by selling capital stock. Future sales or other dilution of our equity may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
We are not restricted from issuing additional common shares, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common shares. The issuance of additional
shares of common shares or the issuance of convertible securities would dilute the ownership interest of our existing common shareholders. The market price of our common shares could decline as a result of
such an offering as well as other sales of a large block of shares of our common shares or similar securities in the market after such an offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. Our common shares
have traded from time-to-time at a price below our book value per share. Accordingly, a sale of common shares at or below our book value would be dilutive to current shareholders.
We may not be able to realize the value of our tax losses and deductions.
Due to our losses, we have a net operating loss carry-forward of $38.1 million, credit carry-forwards of $900,000, and other net deferred tax assets of $13.1 million. In order to realize the benefit of these tax
losses, credits and deductions, we will need to generate substantial taxable income in future periods. We established a 100% valuation allowance for all deferred tax assets in 2011. Should the Company issue a
sufficient number of new shares to raise additional capital, a change in control could be triggered, as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which could negatively impact or limit the ability to
utilize our net operating loss carry-forwards, credit loss carry-forwards, and other net deferred tax assets.
Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could significantly increase our non-interest expense.
Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, we are subject to FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC amended its regulations
regarding assessment for federal deposit insurance to base such assessments on the average total consolidated assets of the insured institution during the assessment period, less the average tangible equity of the
institution during the assessment period.
The FDIC has also proposed a rule tying assessment rates of FDIC-insured institutions to the institution’s employee compensation programs. The exact nature and cumulative effect of these recent changes are not
yet known, but they are expected to increase the amount of premiums we must pay for FDIC insurance. Any such increase may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face strong competition from other financial institutions and financial service companies, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We compete with other financial institutions in attracting deposits and making loans. Our competition in attracting deposits comes principally from other commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan
associations, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds, and other mutual funds. Our competition in making loans comes principally from other commercial banks, credit unions,
savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, and consumer finance companies. In addition, competition for business in the Louisville and Lexington metropolitan area has grown in recent years as
changes in banking law have allowed several banks to enter the market by establishing new branches.
Competition in the banking industry may also limit our ability to attract and retain banking clients. We maintain smaller staffs of associates and have fewer financial and other resources than larger institutions
with which we compete. Financial institutions that have far greater resources and greater efficiencies than we do may have several marketplace advantages resulting from their ability to:
offer higher interest rates on deposits and lower interest rates on loans than we can;
●
●
offer a broader range of services than we do;
● maintain more branch locations than we do; and
● mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns.
15
Table Of Contents
In addition, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and other financial intermediaries may not be subject to the same regulatory restrictions as we are and may have larger lending limits
than we do. Some of our current commercial banking clients may seek alternative banking sources as they develop needs for credit facilities larger than we can accommodate. If we are unable to attract and retain
customers, we may not be able to maintain growth and our results of operations and financial condition may otherwise be negatively impacted.
We depend on our senior management team, and the unexpected loss of one or more of our senior executives could impair our relationship with customers and adversely affect our business and
financial results.
Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel. Our future performance will depend on our ability to motivate and retain these and other
key officers. The Dodd-Frank Act, and the policies of bank regulatory agencies have placed restrictions on our executive compensation practices. Such restrictions and standards may further impact our
Company’s ability to compete for talent with other businesses and financial institutions that are not subject to the same limitations as we are. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or
other key officers or our inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed could materially harm our business.
Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates.
Our accounting policies and assumptions are fundamental to our reported financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these
accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner in which to report our financial condition and
results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet may result in our reporting
materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.
Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our reported financial condition and results. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain.
Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for loan losses, valuation of OREO,
valuation of securities, valuation of stock based compensation and valuation of deferred income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required, among other things,
to significantly increase the allowance for credit losses, sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided, recognize significant impairment on our OREO, or permanently impair deferred
tax assets.
While management continually monitors and improves our system of internal controls, data processing systems, and corporate wide processes and procedures, we may suffer losses from operational
risk in the future.
Management maintains internal operational controls, and we have invested in technology to help us process large volumes of transactions. However, we may not be able to continue processing at the same or
higher levels of transactions. If our systems of internal controls should fail to work as expected, if our systems were to be used in an unauthorized manner, or if employees were to subvert the system of internal
controls, significant losses could occur.
We process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis and are exposed to numerous types of operational risk, which could cause us to incur substantial losses. Operational risk resulting from inadequate or
failed internal processes, people, and systems includes the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside of our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction
processing and systems, and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk of loss also includes potential legal actions that could arise as a result of the operational deficiency or as
a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards.
We establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls that provide management with timely and accurate information about our level of operational risk. While not foolproof, these systems have been
designed to manage operational risk at appropriate, cost effective levels. We have also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are
followed. Nevertheless, we experience loss from operational risk from time to time, including the effects of operational errors, and these losses may be substantial.
16
Table Of Contents
Our information systems may experience an interruption or security breach.
Failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result
in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses. As a large financial institution, we depend on our ability to process, record and
monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis. As customer, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and
infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting, data processing systems or other operating systems and
facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be sudden
increases in customer transaction volume, electrical or telecommunications outages, natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, and hurricanes; disease pandemics, events arising from local or larger scale
political or social matters, including terrorist acts, and, as described below, cyber attacks. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our business operations may be adversely
affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers.
Information security risks for financial institutions have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to
conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure
processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use personal smartphones, tablet PC’s,
and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems. Although we believe we have robust information security procedures and controls, our technologies, systems, networks, and our customers’ devices
may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches. These events could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our customers’ confidential,
proprietary and other information or that of our customers, or otherwise disrupt the business operations of ourselves, our customers or other third parties.
Third parties with which we do business or that facilitate our business activities, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own
systems or capacity constraints. Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches, we can give no assurance that we will not suffer such
losses in the future. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats and the prevalence of Internet and mobile banking. As cyber
threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security
vulnerabilities. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that
our customers use to access our products and services could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or
additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that could adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to implement
our growth and operating strategies.
We are subject to examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by federal and state regulatory agencies, as described under “Item 1 – Business-Supervision and Regulation.” Regulatory oversight of
banks is primarily intended to protect depositors, the federal deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, and not our shareholders. Compliance with these regulations is costly and may make it
more difficult to operate profitably.
Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern numerous matters including the payment of dividends, the acquisition of other banks, and the establishment of new banking offices. We must also meet
specific regulatory capital requirements. Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations, and policies or to maintain our capital requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends on common shares, our
ability to grow through the development of new offices, make acquisitions, and remain independent. These limitations may prevent us from successfully implementing our growth and operating strategies.
In addition, the laws and regulations applicable to banks could change at any time, which could significantly impact our business and profitability. For example, new legislation or regulation could limit the
manner in which we may conduct our business, including our ability to attract deposits and make loans. Events that may not have a direct impact on us, such as the bankruptcy or insolvency of a prominent U.S.
corporation, can cause legislators and banking regulators and other agencies such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and various taxing
authorities to respond by adopting and or proposing substantive revisions to laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations. The nature, extent, and timing of the adoption of significant new laws
and regulations, or changes in or repeal of existing laws and regulations may have a material impact on our business and results of operations. Changes in regulation may cause us to devote substantial additional
financial resources and management time to compliance, which may negatively affect our operating results.
17
Table Of Contents
Changes in banking laws could have a material adverse effect on us.
We are subject to changes in federal and state laws as well as changes in banking and credit regulations, and governmental economic and monetary policies. We cannot predict whether any of these changes could
adversely and materially affect us. The current regulatory environment for financial institutions entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs. Federal and state banking
regulators also possess broad powers to take supervisory actions as they deem appropriate. These supervisory actions may result in higher capital requirements, higher insurance premiums and limitations on our
activities that could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability.
Recent legislation regarding the financial services industry may have a significant adverse effect on our operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act has had a significant impact the U.S. financial system, including among other things:
●
●
●
●
new requirements on banking, derivative and investment activities, including the repeal of the prohibition on the payment of interest on business demand accounts, and debit card interchange fee
requirements;
the creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with supervisory authority, including the power to conduct examinations and take enforcement actions with respect to financial institutions with
assets of $10 billion or more and implement regulations that will affect all financial institutions;
provisions affecting corporate governance and executive compensation of all companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
a provision that would require bank regulators to set minimum capital levels for bank holding companies that are as strong as those required for their insured depository subsidiaries, subject to a
grandfather clause for holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009.
Many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rule-making, implementation, and interpretation, the effects of which are not yet known. As a result, it is difficult to gauge the ultimate impact
of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act because the implementation of many concepts is left to regulatory agencies. For example, the CFPB is given the power to adopt new regulations to protect consumers
and is given control over existing consumer protection regulations adopted by federal banking regulators. The CFPB has begun the rule-making process but it is not known at this time when all rules will be
finalized and implemented.
The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any rules adopted to implement those provisions, as well as any additional legislative or regulatory changes may impact the profitability of our business activities and
costs of operations, require that we change certain of our business practices, materially affect our business model or affect retention of key personnel, require us to raise additional regulatory capital, including
additional Tier 1 capital, and could expose us to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). These and other changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to
make any necessary changes and may adversely affect our ability to conduct our business as previously conducted or our results of operations or financial condition.
18
Table Of Contents
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 2.
Properties
The Bank operates 15 banking offices located in Kentucky. The following table shows the location, square footage and ownership of each property. We believe that each of these locations is adequately insured.
Support operations are located in our main office in Louisville and in Glasgow.
Markets
Louisville/Jefferson, Bullitt and Henry Counties
Main Office: 2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville
Eminence Office: 645 Elm Street, Eminence
Hillview Office: 11998 Preston Highway, Hillview
Pleasureville Office: 5440 Castle Highway, Pleasureville
Conestoga Office: 155 Conestoga Parkway, Shepherdsville
Lexington/Fayette County
Lexington Office: 2424 Harrodsburg Road, Suite 100, Lexington
South Central Kentucky
Brownsville Office: 113 East Main, Brownsville
Greensburg Office: 202-04 North Main Street, Greensburg
Horse Cave Office: 210 East Main Street, Horse Cave
Morgantown Office: 112 West Logan Street, Morgantown
Munfordville Office: 949 South Dixie Highway, Munfordville
Beaver Dam Office: 1300 North Main Street, Beaver Dam
Owensboro/Daviess County
Owensboro Office: 1819 Frederica Street, Owensboro
Southern Kentucky
Campbell Lane Office: 751 Campbell Lane, Bowling Green
Glasgow Office: 1006 West Main Street, Glasgow
Other Properties
Office Building: 701 Columbia Avenue, Glasgow
Square Footage
Owned/Leased
30,000
1,500
3,500
10,000
3,900
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
8,500
Leased
8,500
11,000
5,000
7,500
9,000
3,200
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
3,000
Owned
7,500
12,000
Owned
Owned
19,000
Owned
Legal Proceedings
Item 3.
We are defendants in various legal proceedings. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable outcomes could occur. See Note 24, “Contingencies” in the Notes to our consolidated financial
statements for detail regarding ongoing legal proceedings and other matters.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
19
Table Of Contents
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
PART II
Our common shares are traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker symbol “PBIB”. The following table presents the high and low market closing prices for our common shares reported on the
NASDAQ Capital Market for the periods indicated.
Quarter Ended
Fourth Quarter
Third Quarter
Second Quarter
First Quarter
Quarter Ended
Fourth Quarter
Third Quarter
Second Quarter
First Quarter
$
$
2015
Low
2014
Low
Market Value
High
$
1.76
1.75
1.86
0.96
Market Value
High
$
1.03
1.08
1.18
1.24
$
1.38
1.39
0.90
0.46
$
0.48
0.95
0.90
0.94
Dividend
Dividend
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
As of January 31, 2016, we had approximately 1,564 shareholders, including 349 shareholders of record and approximately 1,215 beneficial owners whose shares are held in “street” name by securities broker-
dealers or other nominees.
20
Table Of Contents
Dividends
We will not be able to pay dividends on our common shares until the Consent Order is satisfied and we return to profitability. We historically paid quarterly cash dividends on our common shares until we
suspended dividend payments in October 2011. As a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends depends on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal
Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends. We have agreed with the Federal Reserve to obtain its written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends.
Our principal source of revenue with which to pay dividends on our common shares is the dividends that the Bank may declare and pay to us out of funds legally available for payment of dividends. Currently, the
Bank must obtain the prior written consent of its primary regulators prior to declaring or paying any dividends. In addition to this current restriction, various laws applicable to the Bank also limit its payment of
dividends to us. A Kentucky chartered bank may declare a dividend of an amount of the bank’s net profits as the board deems appropriate. The approval of the KDFI is required if the total of all dividends
declared by the bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the
retirement of preferred stock or debt.
Effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring interest payments on the junior subordinated notes relating to our trust preferred securities. Deferring interest payments on the junior subordinated
notes resulted in the deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities. If we defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarters, we must pay all deferred interest or we will
be in default. Our deferral period expires in the third quarter of 2016.
We will not be able to pay cash dividends on our common shares until we have paid all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities. Deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities are
cumulative, and distributions accrue and compound on each subsequent payment date. If we become subject to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of affairs, holders of the trust preferred securities and then
holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive the liquidation amounts to which they are entitled including the amount of any accrued and unpaid distributions and dividends, before any distribution can
be made to the holders of our Common Shares or Preferred Shares. Our Series E and Series F Preferred Shares have priority over our common shares and non-voting common shares with respect to any payment
of dividends.
Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer
During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company did not repurchase any of its common shares, which is its only registered class of equity securities.
21
Table Of Contents
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The following table summarizes our selected historical consolidated financial data from 2011 to 2015. You should read this information in conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
2015
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2013
2014
2012
Income Statement Data:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Loss before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
Less:
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
Effect of exchange of preferred stock for common stock
Earnings (loss) allocated to participating securities
Net income (loss) attributable to common
Common Share Data:
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
Cash dividends declared per common share
Book value per common share (1)
Tangible book value per common share (1)
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total assets
Debt obligations:
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated capital note
Average Balance Data:
Average assets
Average loans
Average deposits
Average FHLB advances
Average junior subordinated debentures
Average subordinated capital note
Average stockholders’ equity
$
$
$
$
36,574
7,023
29,551
(4,500)
7,695
44,959
(3,213)
—
(3,213)
—
—
(336)
(2,877) $
(0.12) $
(0.12)
0.00
1.09
1.07
$
39,513
9,795
29,718
7,100
4,079
39,435
(12,738)
(1,583)
(11,155)
2,362
(36,104)
3,159
19,428
$
$
1.59
1.59
0.00
1.67
1.61
$
43,228
11,143
32,085
700
5,919
38,890
(1,586)
—
(1,586)
2,079
—
(267)
(3,398) $
(0.29) $
(0.29)
0.00
(0.18)
(0.29)
$
57,729
15,774
41,955
40,250
9,590
44,292
(32,997)
(65)
(32,932)
1,929
—
(1,429)
(33,432) $
(2.85) $
(2.85)
0.00
0.74
0.58
2011
73,554
22,039
51,515
62,600
7,833
104,273
(107,525)
(218)
(107,307)
1,927
—
(4,080)
(105,154)
(8.98)
(8.98)
0.02
3.74
3.54
$
948,722
$
1,017,989
$
1,076,121
$
1,162,631
$
1,455,424
$
3,081
21,000
4,050
984,419
635,948
907,785
3,473
23,981
4,608
33,083
$
15,752
25,000
4,950
4,492
25,000
5,850
5,604
25,000
6,975
$
1,049,232
662,442
961,671
4,473
25,000
5,508
33,881
$
1,098,400
788,176
1,004,052
4,990
25,000
6,404
42,631
$
1,341,565
1,033,320
1,217,083
6,325
25,000
7,309
75,679
7,116
25,000
7,650
1,659,959
1,243,474
1,434,462
15,315
25,000
8,208
159,434
(1) After shareholder approval on February 25, 2015, the mandatorily convertible Series B Preferred Shares converted into 4,053,600 common shares and the mandatorily convertible Series D Preferred Shares
converted into 6,458,000 non-voting common shares.
22
Table Of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations analyzes the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and its
wholly owned subsidiary, PBI Bank (the “Bank”). The Company is a Louisville, Kentucky-based bank holding company which operates banking offices in twelve counties through its wholly owned subsidiary,
the Bank. Our markets include metropolitan Louisville in Jefferson County and the surrounding counties of Henry and Bullitt. We serve south central Kentucky and southern Kentucky from banking offices in
Butler, Green, Hart, Edmonson, Barren, Warren, Ohio, and Daviess Counties. We also have an office in Lexington, the second largest city in Kentucky. The Bank is a community bank with a wide range of
commercial and personal banking products.
Historically, we have focused on commercial and commercial real estate lending, both in markets where we have banking offices and other growing markets in our region. Commercial, commercial real estate and
real estate construction loans accounted for 54.4% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015, and 55.5% as of December 31, 2014. Commercial lending generally produces higher yields than residential
lending, but involves greater risk and requires more rigorous underwriting standards and credit quality monitoring.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other schedules presented elsewhere in the report.
Overview
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported a net loss of $3.2 million compared with net loss of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and a net loss of $1.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. After deductions for dividends and accretion on preferred stock, allocating losses to participating securities, and the effect of the exchange of preferred stock for common stock, net loss
attributable to common shareholders was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with net income attributable to common shareholders of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2014, and a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Basic and diluted loss per common share were ($0.12) for the year ended December 31, 2015,
compared with net income per common share of $1.59 for 2014, and a net loss of ($0.29) for 2013.
Our financial performance in 2015 continued to be negatively impacted by the Bank’s elevated level of non-performing assets. Despite substantial improvement during 2015, asset quality remediation, increasing
capital, and lowering the risk profile of the Company remain our major objectives for 2016.
Non-performing loans were 2.28% of total loans and non-performing assets were 3.51% of total assets, at December 31, 2015 compared to 7.57% and 9.19%, respectively, at December 31, 2014. We remain
diligent in the management of our loan portfolio and are striving to continue improving credit quality by working throughout our markets to balance selective new customer acquisition, customer service for our
existing clients and prudent risk management.
The following significant items are of note for the year ended December 31, 2015:
● We recorded negative provision for loan losses expense of $4.5 million in 2015, compared to a provision for loan losses expense of $7.1 million for 2014, because of declining historical loss rates,
improvements in asset quality, and management’s assessment of risk in the loan portfolio. Net loan charge-offs were $2.8 million for 2015, compared to $15.9 million for 2014 and $29.3 million for
2013. See additional discussion below regarding improving trends in non-performing loans, past due loans, and loan risk categories during the period, factors which led to the negative provision expense.
● Non-performing loans decreased $33.2 million to $14.1 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $47.3 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease in non-performing loans was primarily due to
$27.6 million in paydowns, $5.5 million in transfers to OREO, and $5.1 million in charge-offs.
●
Loans past due 30-59 days decreased from $4.0 million at December 31, 2014 to $3.1 million at December 31, 2015, and loans past due 60-89 days decreased from $980,000 at December 31, 2014 to
$241,000 at December 31, 2015. Total loans past due and nonaccrual loans decreased to $17.5 million at December 31, 2015 from $52.3 million at December 31, 2014.
● All loan risk categories (other than pass loans) have decreased since December 31, 2014. Pass loans represent 83.6% of the portfolio at December 31, 2015, compared to 73.8% at December 31, 2014 and
52.1% at December 31, 2013. During 2015, the pass category increased approximately $56.4 million, the watch category declined approximately $4.8 million, the special mention category declined
approximately $2.8 million, and the substandard category declined approximately $55.1 million. The $55.1 million decrease in loans classified as substandard was primarily driven by $39.8 million in
principal payments received, $5.5 million in migration to OREO, $14.0 million in loans upgraded from substandard, and $5.8 million in charge-offs, offset by $10.1 million in loans moved to substandard
during 2015.
23
Table Of Contents
●
Foreclosed properties were $19.2 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $46.2 million at December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company acquired $5.5 million and
sold $22.6 million of OREO. We incurred OREO losses totaling $9.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, reflecting fair value write-downs for reductions in listing prices for certain
properties, updated appraisals, and certain properties liquidated through auctions, and $74,000 in net loss on sales of OREO. OREO expense may be elevated in future periods as we work to sell these
properties, given the current size of the OREO portfolio.
● Our non-performing assets decreased to $33.3 million or 3.51% of total assets at December 31, 2015, compared with $93.5 million or 9.19% of total assets at December 31, 2014. In addition, accruing
troubled debt restructurings declined to $17.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $22.0 million at December 31, 2014.
● Net interest margin increased 18 basis points to 3.27% for the year ended 2015 compared with 3.09% in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in margin between periods was primarily due to
a decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities from 1.11% in 2014 to 0.85% in 2015. The decrease in cost of interest bearing liabilities was primarily driven by the continued repricing of certificates
of deposit at lower rates. Average loans decreased 4.0% to $635.9 million in 2015 compared with $662.4 million in 2014.
● Non-interest income increased $3.6 million in 2015 to $7.7 million compared with $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 driven primarily by gains on the sales of securities totaling $1.8
million, compared to $92,000 for 2014, as well as an increase in OREO rental income of $1.1 million between the two periods. The increase in OREO income is the result of several larger properties with
tenants being transferred to OREO in the second quarter of 2014. Non-interest income also increased due to an $883,000 gain on extinguishment of debt.
● Non-interest expense increased $5.5 million in 2015 to $45.0 million compared with $39.4 million for 2014, due to an increase in OREO expenses of $6.5 million primarily related to fair value write-
downs for 2015, and an increase in professional fees of $1.2 million related to legal fees and litigation expenses, offset by a decrease in loan collection expenses of $1.9 million.
● Deposits decreased $48.8 million or 5.3% to $878.0 million at December 31, 2015 compared with $926.8 million at December 31, 2014. Certificate of deposit balances decreased $74.9 million during
2015 to $499.8 million at December 31, 2015, from $574.7 million at December 31, 2014. Demand deposits increased $5.1 million or 4.5% during 2015 to $120.0 million compared with $114.9 million
at December 31, 2014.
● On February 25, 2015, we completed the final step in the retirement of our Preferred Shares originally issued to the U.S. Treasury when shareholders approved the conversion of all mandatorily
convertible Series B Preferred Shares into 4,053,600 common shares and the conversion of all mandatorily convertible Series D Preferred Shares into 6,458,000 non-voting common shares. The
conversion reduced preferred stockholders’ equity by $5.8 million and increased common stockholders’ equity by the same amount. A total of 26,947,533 common shares and non-voting common shares
were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015.
●
In 2015, the Company took measures to preserve the value of its net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and other deferred tax assets under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. On June 24,
2015, the Board of Directors adopted a tax benefits preservation plan intended to reduce the likelihood of an “ownership change” occurring as a result of purchases and sales of the Company's common
stock. The tax benefits preservation plan is more fully described in Note 9 – “Income Taxes”. On September 23, 2015, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to its articles of incorporation
designed to block transfers of common shares that could result in an ownership change. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s net deferred tax asset totaled $52.1 million and was subject to a full
valuation allowance.
● On September 30, 2015, we completed a common equity for debt exchange with the holders of $4.0 million of the capital securities issued by one of the Company’s subsidiary trusts. Accrued and unpaid
interest on the trust securities totaled of approximately $330,000. In exchange for the $4.3 million debt and interest liability, the Company issued 800,000 common shares and 400,000 non-voting
common shares, for a total of 1.2 million shares. In the transaction, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company acquired one-third of the trust securities directly from an unrelated third party in exchange
for the issuance of 400,000 common shares resulting in an $883,000 gain on extinguishment of debt. The subsidiary also acquired two-thirds of the Trust Securities having a book value of $2.9 million
from related parties in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares and 400,000 non-voting common shares, which was recorded as a capital transaction in accordance with the applicable
accounting rules. Deferred distributions on the remaining $21.0 million of our trust preferred securities outstanding totaled $2.5 million as of December 31, 2015. The common equity for debt exchange
is more fully described in Note 12 – “Junior Subordinated Debentures”.
24
Table Of Contents
These items are discussed in further detail throughout this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” Section.
Going Concern Considerations and Future Plans
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the
foreseeable future. However, the events and circumstances described in this section and in Note 2 – “Going Concern Considerations and Future Plans” create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported a net loss of $3.2 million compared with net loss of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and a net loss of $1.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. After deductions for dividends and accretion on Preferred Shares, allocating losses to participating securities, and the effect of the exchange of Preferred Shares for common stock, net loss
attributable to common shareholders was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with net income attributable to common shareholders of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2014, and a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Despite substantial reductions in non-performing assets during the year, our financial performance in 2015 continued to be negatively impacted by the Bank’s elevated level of non-performing assets. Non-
performing loans were 2.28% of total loans and non-performing assets were 3.51% of total assets, at December 31, 2015 compared to 7.57% and 9.19%, respectively, at December 31, 2014. See “Analysis of
Financial Condition,” below.
Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2011, we have deferred paying interest on the junior subordinated debentures held by our trust subsidiaries, requiring our trust subsidiaries to defer distributions on our trust
preferred securities held by investors. If we defer distributions on our trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarters, we must pay all deferred distributions in full or we will be in default. Our deferral period
expires at the end of the third quarter of 2016. Deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities, which totaled $2.5 million as of December 31, 2015, are cumulative, and unpaid distributions accrue and
compound on each subsequent payment date. If as a result of a default we become subject to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the trust preferred securities will be entitled to receive the
liquidation amounts to which they are entitled, including all accrued and unpaid distributions, before any distribution can be made to our shareholders. In addition, the holders of our Series E and Series F
preferred stock will be entitled to receive liquidation distributions totaling $10.5 million before any distribution can be made to the holders of our common shares.
We continue to be involved in various legal proceedings. We dispute the material factual allegations made against us, and after conferring with our legal advisors, we believe we have meritorious grounds on
which to prevail. If we do not prevail, the ultimate outcome of any one of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. These matters are more
fully described in Note 24 – “Contingencies”.
As described in “Item 1 – Business” above, our Consent Order with the FDIC and KDFI requires the Bank to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%.
As of December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio and total risk based capital ratio were 6.08% and 10.58%, respectively, both less than the minimum capital ratios required by the Consent Order. If the
Bank should be unable to reach the required capital levels, and if directed in writing by the FDIC, the Consent Order requires the Bank to develop, adopt and implement a written plan to sell or merge itself into
another federally insured financial institution or otherwise obtain a capital investment into the Bank sufficient to recapitalize the Bank. The Bank has not been directed by the FDIC to implement such a plan.
In order to meet the 9.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio and 12.0% total risk based capital ratio requirements of the Consent Order, the Board of Directors and management are continuing to evaluate and implement
strategies to achieve the following objectives:
●
Increasing capital through the limited issuance of common stock to new and existing shareholders.
● Continuing to operate the Company and Bank in a safe and sound manner. We have reduced our lending concentrations and the size of our balance sheet while continuing to remediate non-performing
loans.
●
Executing on the sale of OREO and reinvestment in quality income producing assets.
25
Table Of Contents
● Continuing to improve our internal processes and procedures, distribution of labor, and work-flow to ensure we have adequately and appropriately deployed resources in an efficient manner in the current
environment.
Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet the terms of a consent order. Based on individual circumstances, the agencies may issue mandatory directives, impose monetary
penalties, initiate changes in management, or take more serious adverse actions such as directing a bank to seek a buyer or taking a bank into receivership.
The Consent Order requires the Bank to obtain the written consent of both agencies before declaring or paying any future dividends to the Company, which are its principal source of revenue. Since the Bank is
unlikely to be in a position to pay dividends to the Company until the Consent Order is satisfied and the Bank returns to profitability, cash inflows for the Company are limited to the issuance of new debt or the
issuance of capital securities. As of December 31, 2015, we could issue approximately 5 million common shares while still preserving the value of our NOLs under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The
Company’s liquid assets were $1.0 million at December 31, 2015. Ongoing operating expenses of the Company are forecast at approximately $1.0 million for the next twelve months.
Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
Our accounting and reporting policies comply with GAAP and conform to general practices within the banking industry. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher
degree of management assumptions and judgments that could result in materially different amounts to be reported if conditions or underlying circumstances were to change.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses believed to be sufficient to absorb probable incurred credit losses existing in the loan portfolio. The Board of Directors evaluates
the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance using, among other things, historical loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,
adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of the underlying collateral and current economic conditions and trends. The allowance may be allocated for specific loans or loan
categories, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to
loans that are individually evaluated and measured for impairment. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative environmental factors. We develop allowance estimates
based on actual loss experience adjusted for current economic conditions and trends. Allowance estimates are a prudent measurement of the risk in the loan portfolio which we apply to individual loans based on
loan type. If the mix and amount of future charge-off percentages differ significantly from those assumptions used by management in making its determination, we may be required to materially increase our
allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses, which could adversely affect our results.
Other Real Estate Owned – OREO is real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure. It is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When property is acquired as
a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses.
Costs incurred in order to perfect the lien prior to foreclosure may be capitalized if the fair value less the cost to sell exceeds the balance of the loan at the time of transfer to OREO. Examples of eligible costs to
be capitalized are payments of delinquent property taxes to clear tax liens or payments to contractors and subcontractors to clear mechanics’ liens. Fair value of OREO is determined on an individual property
basis. To determine the fair value of OREO for smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors, investors, and appraisers. If the internally evaluated market
price is below our underlying investment in the property, appropriate write-downs are taken. For larger dollar residential and commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property or
have staff from our special assets group or in our centralized appraisal department evaluate the latest in-file appraisal in connection with the transfer to other real estate owned. We typically obtain updated
appraisals within five quarters of the anniversary date of ownership unless a sale is imminent. Subsequent reductions in fair value are recorded as non-interest expense when a new appraisal indicates a decline in
value or in cases where a listing price is lowered below the appraised amount.
Stock-based Compensation – Compensation cost is recognized for restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The market price of the Company’s
common shares at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting,
compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
26
Table Of Contents
Valuation of Deferred Tax Asset – We evaluate deferred tax assets for impairment on a quarterly basis. We established a 100% deferred tax valuation allowance in December 2011 based upon the analysis of our
past performance and our expected future performance. When evaluating our deferred tax assets for realizability during 2015 and 2014, we concluded that a full valuation allowance was still necessary at
December 31, 2015 and 2014, due to the additional losses incurred during those years. A return to profitability would enable us to reduce the valuation allowance and thereby offset income tax expense that would
otherwise be recognized. Examinations of our income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact our deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as our provision for income taxes.
Contingencies – We are defendants in various legal proceedings. We record contingent liabilities resulting from claims against us when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably
estimable. Assessing probability of loss and estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple factors, including in some cases judgments about the potential actions of third party claimants and courts.
Recorded contingent liabilities are based on the best information available and actual losses in any future period are inherently uncertain.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes components of income and expense and the change in those components for 2015 compared with 2014:
Gross interest income
Gross interest expense
Net interest income
Provision (negative provision) for loan losses
Non-interest income
Gains on sale of securities, net
Non-interest expense
Net loss before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
Effect of exchange of preferred stock for common stock
Losses (earnings) attributable to participating securities
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
$
For the
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2015
Change from Prior Period
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
$
36,574
7,023
29,551
(4,500)
5,929
1,766
44,959
(3,213)
—
(3,213)
—
—
336
(2,877)
$
39,513
9,795
29,718
7,100
3,987
92
39,435
(12,738)
(1,583)
(11,155)
(2,362)
36,104
(3,159)
19,428
(2,939)
(2,772)
(167)
(11,600)
1,942
1,674
5,524
9,525
1,583
7,942
2,362
(36,104)
3,495
(22,305)
(7.4)%
(28.3)
(0.6)
(163.4)
48.7
1819.6
14.0
(74.8)
(100.0)
(71.2)
(100.0)
(100.0)
(110.6)
(114.8)
Net loss of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased by $7.9 million from a net loss of $11.2 million for 2014. A negative provision expense of $4.5 million was recorded for 2015 due to
significant improvements in asset quality and management’s assessment of risk within the portfolio as compared to $7.1 million in provision for loan losses expense for 2014. Non-interest income improved $1.9
million during 2015 due to an increase in OREO rental income of $1.1 million and an $883,000 gain on extinguishment of junior subordinated debt. Non-interest expense increased $5.5 million during 2015 due to
increased OREO expense of $6.5 million, offset by a reduction in loan collection expense of $1.9 million.
A tax benefit was recognized in 2014 due to gains in other comprehensive income that are presented in current operations. The calculation for the income tax provision or benefit generally does not consider the
tax effects of changes in other comprehensive income, or OCI, which is a component of stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet. However, an exception is provided in certain circumstances, such as when there
is a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets, there is a loss from continuing operations and there is income in other components of the financial statements. In such a case, pre-tax income from other
categories, such as changes in OCI, must be considered in determining a tax benefit to be allocated to the loss from continuing operations. The tax benefit recorded in 2014 was entirely due to gains in other
comprehensive income that are presented in current operations in accordance with applicable accounting standards. No tax benefit was recorded during the 2015.
Net loss attributable to common shareholders was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to net income attributable to common shareholders of $19.4 million for 2014. This decrease was
primarily attributable to the $36.1 million effect of the exchange of preferred shares for common shares recorded during 2014.
27
Table Of Contents
The following table summarizes components of income and expense and the change in those components for 2014 compared with 2013:
Gross interest income
Gross interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Gains on sale of securities, net
Non-interest expense
Net loss before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
Effect of exchange of preferred stock for common stock
Losses (earnings) attributable to participating securities
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
$
For the
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2014
Change from Prior Period
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
$
39,513
9,795
29,718
7,100
3,987
92
39,435
(12,738)
(1,583)
(11,155)
(2,362)
36,104
(3,159)
19,428
$
43,228
11,143
32,085
700
5,196
723
38,890
(1,586)
—
(1,586)
(2,079)
—
267
(3,398)
(3,715)
(1,348)
(2,367)
6,400
(1,209)
(631)
545
(11,152)
(1,583)
(9,569)
(283)
36,104
(3,426)
22,826
(8.6)%
(12.1)
(7.4)
914.3
(23.3)
(87.3)
1.4
703.2
—
603.3
13.6
100.0
(1283.1)
(671.7)
Net loss of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $9.6 million from net loss of $1.6 million for 2013. This was primarily due to a $2.4 million decrease in net interest income driven by
lower average earning assets, an increase of $6.4 million in provision for loan losses expense, and reductions in non-interest income from our exit of trust services in 2013 and lower gains on the sale of securities.
Net income attributable to common shareholders of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, improved $22.8 million from net loss to common shareholders of $3.4 million for 2013. This increase was
primarily attributable to the $36.1 million effect of the exchange of preferred shares for common shares.
Net Interest Income – Our net interest income was $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $167,000, or 0.6%, compared with $29.7 million for the same period in 2014. Net interest
spread and margin were 3.18% and 3.27%, respectively, for 2015, compared with 2.98% and 3.09%, respectively, for 2014. Average nonaccrual loans were $29.0 million and $63.1 million in 2015 and 2014,
respectively. The decrease in net interest income was primarily the result of lower average earning assets coupled with lower rates on those assets. In addition, net interest income and net interest margin were
adversely affected by $1.7 million and $3.3 million of interest lost on nonaccrual loans during 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Our average interest-earning assets were $917.5 million for 2015, compared with $979.2 million for 2014, a 6.3% decrease, primarily attributable to lower average loans, investment securities and interest bearing
deposits with financial institutions. Average loans were $635.9 million for 2015, compared with $662.4 million for 2014, a 4.0% decrease. Average investment securities were $194.6 million for 2015, compared
with $220.5 million for 2014, an 11.7% decrease. Average interest bearing deposits with financial institutions were $78.9 million in 2015, compared with $87.0 million in 2014, a 9.3% decrease. Our total interest
income decreased 7.4% to $36.6 million for 2015, compared with $39.5 million for 2014.
Our average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 6.6% to $826.9 million for 2015, compared with $885.8 million for 2014. Our total interest expense decreased by 28.3% to $7.0 million for 2015, compared
with $9.8 million during 2014, due primarily to lower interest rates paid on and lower volume of certificates of deposit. Our average volume of certificates of deposit decreased 11.8% to $557.4 million for 2015,
compared with $632.0 million for 2014. The average interest rate paid on certificates of deposit decreased to 0.96% for 2015, compared with 1.29% for 2014, as the result of continued re-pricing of certificates of
deposit at maturity to lower interest rates. Our average volume of NOW and money market deposit accounts increased 11.9% to $21.5 million for 2015, compared with $179.7 million for 2014. The average
interest rate paid on NOW and money market deposit accounts increased to 0.38% for 2015, compared with 0.36% for 2014.
Our net interest income was $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 7.4%, compared with $32.1 million for the same period in 2013. Net interest spread and margin
were 2.98% and 3.09%, respectively, for 2014, compared with 2.97% and 3.10%, respectively, for 2013. Average nonaccrual loans were $63.1 million and $107.3 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The
decrease in net interest income was primarily the result of lower average earning assets coupled with lower rates on those assets. In addition, net interest income and net interest margin were adversely affected by
$3.3 million and $5.6 million of interest lost on nonaccrual loans during 2014 and 2013, respectively.
28
Table Of Contents
Our average interest-earning assets were $979.2 million for 2014, compared with $1.05 billion for 2013, a 6.8% decrease, primarily attributable to lower average loans and partially offset by higher average
investment securities and interest bearing deposits with financial institutions. Average loans were $662.4 million for 2014, compared with $788.2 million for 2013, a 16.0% decrease. Average interest bearing
deposits with financial institutions were $87.0 million in 2014, compared with $65.1 million in 2013, a 33.7% increase. Average investment securities were $220.5 million for 2014, compared with $184.2 million
for 2013, a 19.7% increase. Our total interest income decreased 8.6% to $39.5 million for 2014, compared with $43.2 million for 2013.
Our average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 5.5% to $885.8 million for 2014, compared with $937.4 million for 2013. Our total interest expense decreased by 12.1% to $9.8 million for 2014, compared
with $11.1 million during 2013, due primarily to lower interest rates paid on and lower volume of certificates of deposit. Our average volume of certificates of deposit decreased 10.2% to $632.0 million for 2014,
compared with $704.0 million for 2013. The average interest rate paid on certificates of deposit decreased to 1.29% for 2014, compared with 1.35% for 2013, as the result of continued re-pricing of certificates of
deposit at maturity to lower interest rates. Our average volume of NOW and money market deposit accounts increased 16.1% to $179.7 million for 2014, compared with $154.8 million for 2013. The average
interest rate paid on NOW and money market deposit accounts increased to 0.36% for 2014, compared with 0.35% for 2013.
29
Table Of Contents
Average Balance Sheets
The following table sets forth the average daily balances, the interest earned or paid on such amounts, and the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and weighted average cost of interest-bearing
liabilities for the periods indicated. Dividing income or expense by the average daily balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, derives such yields and costs for the periods presented.
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivables (1)(2)
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
$
U.S. Treasury and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivision securities (3)
State and political subdivision securities
Corporate bonds
FHLB stock
Other debt securities
Other equity securities
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
Total interest-earning assets
$
$
Less: Allowance for loan losses
Non-interest-earning assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits
NOW and money market deposits
Savings accounts
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’equity
$
Net interest income
Net interest spread
Net interest margin
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
Average
Balance
2015
Interest
Earned/Paid
For the Years Ended December 31,
Average
Yield/Cost
Average
Balance
(dollars in thousands)
2014
Interest
Earned/Paid
Average
Yield/Cost
25,423
3,475
856
1,470
27
684
2,420
764
774
155
293
43
—
1
189
36,574
5,329
756
75
1
95
767
7,023
$
516,605
78,993
10,432
29,395
523
31,269
107,277
25,354
24,059
6,116
7,323
544
—
752
78,904
917,546
(17,154)
84,027
984,419
$
557,441
201,164
35,604
587
3,473
28,589
826,858
113,576
10,902
951,336
33,083
984,419
27,654
3,002
1,087
1,321
26
755
2,780
936
757
607
337
46
—
2
203
39,513
8,125
653
89
3
124
801
9,795
4.92% $
4.40
8.21
5.00
5.16
2.19
2.26
4.64
3.22
2.53
4.00
7.90
—
0.13
0.24
4.03%
$
0.96% $
0.38
0.21
0.17
2.74
2.68
0.85%
$
$
562,829
60,419
12,786
25,806
602
32,459
114,103
30,428
24,873
18,041
7,760
572
21
1,502
86,986
979,187
(25,390)
95,435
1,049,232
$
632,020
179,698
36,803
2,255
4,473
30,508
885,757
113,150
16,444
1,015,351
33,881
1,049,232
$
29,551
$
29,718
3.18%
3.27%
110.97%
4.91%
4.97
8.50
5.12
4.32
2.33
2.44
4.73
3.04
3.36
4.34
8.04
—
0.13
0.23
4.09%
1.29%
0.36
0.24
0.13
2.77
2.63
1.11%
2.98%
3.09%
110.55%
Includes loan fees in both interest income and the calculation of yield on loans.
(1)
(2) Calculations include non-accruing loans of $29.0 million and $63.1 million in average loan amounts outstanding.
(3)
Taxable equivalent yields are calculated assuming a 35% federal income tax rate.
30
Table Of Contents
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivables (1)(2)
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
$
U.S. Treasury and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivision securities (3)
State and political subdivision securities
Corporate bonds
FHLB stock
Other debt securities
Other equity securities
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
Total interest-earning assets
$
$
Less: Allowance for loan losses
Non-interest-earning assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits
NOW and money market deposits
Savings accounts
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
Net interest income
Net interest spread
Net interest margin
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
Average
Balance
2014
Interest
Earned/Paid
For the Years Ended December 31,
Average
Yield/Cost
Average
Balance
(dollars in thousands)
2013
Interest
Earned/Paid
Average
Yield/Cost
27,654
3,002
1,087
1,321
26
755
2,780
936
757
607
337
46
—
2
203
39,513
8,125
653
89
3
124
801
9,795
$
562,829
60,419
12,786
25,806
602
32,459
114,103
30,428
24,873
18,041
7,760
572
21
1,502
86,986
979,187
(25,390)
95,435
1,049,232
$
632,020
179,698
36,803
2,255
4,473
30,508
885,757
113,150
16,444
1,015,351
33,881
1,049,232
32,591
2,772
1,402
1,229
21
546
1,552
933
787
745
421
46
30
3
150
43,228
9,482
541
114
6
157
843
11,143
4.91% $
4.97
8.50
5.12
4.32
2.33
2.44
4.73
3.04
3.36
4.34
8.04
—
0.13
0.23
4.09%
$
1.29% $
0.36
0.24
0.13
2.77
2.63
1.11%
$
$
696,785
50,990
16,982
22,639
780
23,685
83,160
30,292
24,861
20,864
10,072
572
744
2,640
65,076
1,050,142
(40,343)
88,601
1,098,400
$
703,982
154,759
39,158
3,113
4,990
31,404
937,406
106,153
12,210
1,055,769
42,631
1,098,400
$
29,718
$
32,085
2.98%
3.09%
110.55%
4.68%
5.44
8.26
5.43
2.69
2.31
1.87
4.74
3.17
3.57
4.18
8.04
4.03
0.11
0.23
4.16%
1.35%
0.35
0.29
0.19
3.15
2.68
1.19%
2.97%
3.10%
112.03%
Includes loan fees in both interest income and the calculation of yield on loans.
(1)
(2) Calculations include non-accruing loans of $63.1 million and $107.3 million in average loan amounts outstanding.
(3)
Taxable equivalent yields are calculated assuming a 35% federal income tax rate.
31
Table Of Contents
Rate/Volume Analysis
The table below sets forth information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is
provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume); (2) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate); and (3) changes in rate-volume (change in rate
multiplied by change in volume). Changes in rate-volume are proportionately allocated between rate and volume variance.
Year Ended December 31, 2015 vs. 2014
Increase (decrease)
due to change in
Rate
Volume
Net
Change
(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2014 vs. 2013
Increase (decrease)
due to change in
Rate
Volume
Net
Change
$
Interest-earning assets:
Loan receivables
U.S. Treasury and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivision securities
Corporate bonds
FHLB stock
Other debt securities
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
Total increase (decrease) in interest income
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits
NOW and money market accounts
Savings accounts
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
(531) $
(44)
(199)
28
(123)
(25)
(1)
—
5
(890)
(1,915)
23
(11)
1
(1)
18
(1,885)
995
$
(1,308) $
(27)
(161)
(183)
(329)
(19)
(2)
(1)
(19)
(2,049)
(881)
80
(3)
(3)
(28)
(52)
(887)
(1,162) $
(1,839) $
(71)
(360)
(155)
(452)
(44)
(3)
(1)
(14)
(2,939)
(2,796)
103
(14)
(2)
(29)
(34)
(2,772)
(167) $
$
1,316
5
554
(32)
(41)
16
(15)
—
1
1,804
(418)
22
(18)
(1)
(18)
(18)
(451)
2,255
$
Non-interest Income – The following table presents for the periods indicated the major categories of non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts
Income from fiduciary activities
Bank card interchange fees
Other real estate owned rental income
Net gain on sales of securities
Gain on extinguishment of junior subordinated debt
Income from bank owned life insurance
Other
Total non-interest income
2015
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
1,851
—
839
1,346
1,766
883
295
715
7,695
$
$
1,988
—
765
256
92
—
276
702
4,079
$
$
$
$
(4,925)
209
1,228
(27)
(138)
(84)
(30)
(1)
53
(3,715)
(1,357)
112
(25)
(3)
(33)
(42)
(1,348)
(2,367)
(6,241) $
204
674
5
(97)
(100)
(15)
(1)
52
(5,519)
(939)
90
(7)
(2)
(15)
(24)
(897)
(4,622) $
2013
2,058
517
718
399
723
—
534
970
5,919
Non-interest income increased by $3.6 million to $7.7 million for 2015 compared with $4.1 million for 2014. This was due primarily to increased gain on sales of available for sale securities of $1.7 million, due
to increased volume of security sales. Additionally, OREO income increased $1.1 million due to several larger, income producing properties being held in the portfolio for all of 2015 after being transferred to
OREO in the second quarter of 2014. Non-interest income also increased due to an $883,000 gain on the extinguishment of junior subordinated debt related to the common debt for equity exchange completed on
September 30, 2015.
32
Table Of Contents
Non-interest income decreased by $1.8 million to $4.1 million for 2014 compared with $5.9 million for 2013. This was due primarily to decreased gain on sales of available for sale securities of $631,000, or
87.3%, due to lower volume of security sales. The decrease was also caused by a reduction in income from fiduciary activities as we transitioned away from providing trust services, including ESOP and employee
benefit plan services throughout our markets in 2013.
Non-interest Expense – The following table presents the major categories of non-interest expense:
Salary and employee benefits
Other real estate owned expense
Occupancy and equipment
Professional fees
FDIC insurance
Loan collection expense
Data processing expense
State franchise tax
Communications
Insurance expense
Advertising
Postage and delivery
Other
Total non-interest expense
2015
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
2013
15,857
12,302
3,449
2,885
2,212
1,141
1,128
1,120
663
589
560
400
2,653
44,959
$
$
15,658
5,839
3,497
1,665
2,272
2,994
1,106
1,445
752
575
563
407
2,662
39,435
$
$
15,501
4,516
3,583
1,892
2,378
4,707
184
1,944
711
648
308
423
2,095
38,890
$
$
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $45.0 million represented a 14.0% increase from $39.4 million for 2014. The increase in non-interest expense was attributable primarily to increases
in OREO expenses and professional fees, offset by decreases in loan collection expenses. Professional fees are elevated for 2015 as a result of legal fees and litigation expenses as described in Note 24 –
“Contingencies”. Expenses related to OREO include:
Net (gain) loss on sales
Provision to allowance for declining market values
Operating expense
Total
2015
2014
(in thousands)
74
9,855
2,373
12,302
$
$
(306)
4,255
1,890
5,839
$
$
During the year ended December 31, 2015, fair value write-downs of $9.9 million were recorded compared with $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The write-downs recorded during 2015 reflect
declines in the fair value and include $5.5 million related to reductions in listing prices for certain properties, $3.7 million related to properties liquidated through auctions, and $637,000 related to updated
appraisals. We were successful in selling OREO totaling $22.6 million and $13.1 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively. While levels are improving, we continue to have an elevated level of real estate
secured nonaccrual loans. We expect to resolve certain of these nonaccrual loans through the acquisition and sale of the underlying real estate collateral.
33
Table Of Contents
Non-interest Expense Comparison – 2014 to 2013
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $39.4 million represented a 1.4% increase from $38.9 million for the same period last year. The increase in non-interest expense was attributable
primarily to increases in OREO expenses, and data processing expenses, offset by decreases in loan collection expenses and state franchise tax. In late 2013, we began outsourcing out data processing functions,
leading to an increase in expense year over year. Expenses related to OREO include:
Net (gain) loss on sales
Provision to allowance for declining market values
Operating expense
Total
2014
2013
(in thousands)
(306) $
4,255
1,890
5,839
$
132
2,466
1,918
4,516
$
$
During 2014, we recorded approximately $4.3 million of provision to OREO allowance related to fair value writedowns resulting from declines in the fair value of the real estate based upon updated appraisals
and reduced marketing prices. This compares with $2.5 million of fair value writedowns during 2013.
Loan collection expenses declined by $2.7 million, or 36.4%, but this improvement was offset by a $1.3 million increase in OREO expenses primarily as a result of fair value writedowns resulting from declines in
the fair value of the real estate based upon updated appraisals and reduced marketing prices.
Income Tax Expense – No income tax expense or benefit was recorded for 2015, with an income tax benefit of $1.6 million recorded for 2014. The December 31, 2014 tax benefit was entirely due to gains in
other comprehensive income that are presented in current operations in accordance with the applicable accounting standards. Our deferred tax valuation allowance increased to $52.1 million at December 31,
2015. Our statutory federal tax rate was 35% in both 2015 and 2014. The effective tax rate for 2015 and 2014 is not meaningful due to the reduction of income tax benefit as the result of the deferred tax valuation
allowance.
The valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets does not have any impact on our liquidity, nor does it preclude us from using the tax losses, tax credits or other timing differences in the future. To the extent
we generate taxable income in a given quarter, the valuation allowance may be reduced to offset fully or partially the corresponding income tax expense. Any remaining deferred tax asset valuation allowance may
be reversed through income tax expense once we can demonstrate a sustainable return to profitability and conclude it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will be utilized.
See Note 14, “Income Taxes”, for additional discussion of our income taxes.
An income tax benefit of $1.6 million was recorded for 2014, and no tax benefit was recorded for 2013. Our deferred tax valuation allowance increased to $50.6 million at December 31, 2014. Our statutory
federal tax rate was 35% in both 2014 and 2013. The effective tax rate for 2014 and 2013 is not meaningful due to the reduction of income tax benefit as the result of the deferred tax valuation allowance.
34
Table Of Contents
Analysis of Financial Condition
Total assets at December 31, 2015 were $948.7 million compared with $1.018 billion at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $69.3 million or 6.8%. This decrease was attributable primarily to a $45.8 million
decrease in available for sale securities due to sales activity and principal payment receipts, and a $27.0 million decrease in OREO due to sales of OREO outpacing new foreclosures for the period. These
decreases were offset by a $13.2 million increase in cash and cash equivalents.
The Bank’s total risk-based capital was $69.3 million at December 31, 2015. The Bank’s Consent Order required us to reduce construction and development loans to not more than 75% of total risk-based capital.
These loans totaled $33.2 million, or 48% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2015. The Consent Order also required us to reduce non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, construction and
development loans, and multifamily residential real estate loans as a group, to not more than 250% of total risk-based capital. These loans totaled $157.0 million, or 227% of total risk-based capital, at December
31, 2015.
Total assets at December 31, 2014 were $1.018 billion compared with $1.076 billion at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $58.1 million or 5.4%. This decrease was attributable primarily to a decrease of $75.6
million in net loans and a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $31.0 million, which were offset by increases in investment securities of $26.1 million and OREO of $15.3 million. The decrease in loans was
attributable to principal reductions by customers outpacing loan originations and advances, as well as $15.9 million in loan charge-offs and the transfer of loan balances totaling $32.3 million to OREO.
Loans Receivable – Loans receivable decreased $6.3 million, or 1.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2015, to $618.7 million. Our commercial, commercial real estate and real estate construction portfolios
decreased by an aggregate of $10.7 million, or 3.1%, during 2015 and comprised 54.4% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2015.
Loans receivable decreased $84.3 million, or 11.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2014, to $625.0 million. Our commercial, commercial real estate and real estate construction portfolios decreased by an
aggregate of $52.4 million, or 13.1%, during 2014 and comprised 55.5% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2014.
Loan Portfolio Composition – The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated, net of deferred loan fees, by type. There are no foreign loans in our portfolio and other than the
categories noted, there is no concentration of loans in any industry exceeding 10% of total loans, with the exception of loans for retail facilities (included in other commercial real estate below). Those loans
totaled $59.1 million at December 31, 2015 and $71.1 million at December 31, 2014.
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total loans
As of December 31,
2015
2014
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
$
86,176
13.93% $
60,936
33,154
76,412
140,570
44,131
201,478
10,010
26,316
419
618,666
5.36
12.35
22.72
7.13
32.57
1.62
4.25
0.07
100.0% $
33,173
77,419
175,452
41,891
197,278
11,347
26,966
537
624,999
$
35
9.75%
5.31
12.39
28.07
6.70
31.56
1.82
4.31
0.09
100.0%
Table Of Contents
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total loans
2013
As of December 31,
2012
2011
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
$
52,878
7.45% $
52,567
5.85% $
71,216
43,326
71,189
232,026
46,858
228,505
14,365
19,199
980
709,326
$
6.11
10.04
32.71
6.61
32.21
2.03
2.71
0.13
100.00% $
70,284
80,825
322,687
50,986
278,273
20,383
22,317
770
899,092
7.82
8.99
35.89
5.67
30.95
2.27
2.48
0.08
100.00% $
101,471
90,958
423,844
60,410
337,350
26,011
23,770
993
1,136,023
6.27%
8.93
8.01
37.31
5.31
29.70
2.29
2.09
0.09
100.00%
Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by state and federal law. The Bank’s secured legal lending limit to a single borrower or guarantor was approximately $17.4 million at
December 31, 2015.
At December 31, 2015, we had two loan relationships each with aggregate extensions of credit in excess of $10.0 million, all of which were classified as pass by the Bank’s internal loan review process. In 2014,
we had three loan relationships each with aggregate extensions of credit in excess of $10.0 million.
As of December 31, 2015, we had $6.1 million of loan participations purchased from, and $25.5 million of loan participations sold to, other banks. As of December 31, 2014, we had $7.0 million of loan
participations purchased from, and $28.0 million of loan participations sold to, other banks.
36
Table Of Contents
Loan Maturity Schedule – The following table sets forth at December 31, 2015, the dollar amount of loans, net of deferred loan fees, maturing in the loan portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity:
Loans with fixed rates:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total fixed rate loans
Loans with floating rates:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total floating rate loans
Maturing
Within
One Year
As of December 31, 2015
Maturing
1 through
5 Years
Maturing
Over 5
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Total
Loans
$
5,018
$
19,624
$
622
$
5,895
10,142
22,720
5,930
19,875
1,092
2,550
120
73,342
$
5,073
14,527
49,494
19,578
63,742
6,342
2,495
123
180,998
$
240
7,624
25,423
11,699
47,424
1,127
609
160
94,928
$
11,524
$
26,389
$
22,999
$
10,467
836
11,127
358
3,050
1,397
15,587
—
54,346
$
11,286
1,593
8,335
3,530
4,704
22
4,873
—
60,732
$
193
41,690
23,471
3,036
62,683
30
202
16
154,320
$
$
$
$
25,264
11,208
32,293
97,637
37,207
131,041
8,561
5,654
403
349,268
60,912
21,946
44,119
42,933
6,924
70,437
1,449
20,662
16
269,398
Loan Portfolio by Risk Category – The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated, by risk category.
Pass
Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
(in thousands)
2012
2011
$
$
517,484
63,363
1,395
36,424
—
$
461,126
68,200
4,189
91,484
—
$
369,529
144,316
5,865
189,616
—
$
437,886
177,419
34,700
248,691
396
713,822
143,247
48,922
229,641
391
$
618,666
$
624,999
$
709,326
$
899,092
$
1,136,023
Our loans receivable decreased $6.3 million, or 1.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2015. All loan risk categories have decreased since December 31, 2014, with the exception of pass graded loans. The
pass category increased approximately $56.4 million, the watch category declined approximately $4.8 million, the special mention category declined approximately $2.8 million, and the substandard category
declined approximately $55.1 million.
During the first quarter of 2014, management instituted a new risk category within its pass classification. The purpose was to better identify certain loans where the borrower’s sustained satisfactory repayment
history was deemed a more relevant predictor of future loss than certain underwriting criteria at origination. The establishment of this new pass risk category helps to ensure the watch risk category remains
transitory and event driven in nature. A total of $24.2 million in commercial, $8.5 million in residential, and $2.2 million in agriculture loans were reclassified from watch to the new pass risk category during the
first quarter of 2014.
37
Table Of Contents
In December 2014, the Company identified and transferred certain substandard accruing loans to loans held for sale. The loans were transferred to held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value. The Company
identified $10.7 million of loans to sell and recorded a $1.8 million charge to the allowance for loan losses to reduce the loan balances to the estimated fair value. Loans held for sale total $8.9 million at December
31, 2014, comprised of $6.0 million in commercial real estate, $1.9 million in 1-4 family residential real estate, and $1.0 million in multi-family real estate. These loans were not past due at December 31, 2014.
Loan Delinquency – The following table presents a summary of loan delinquencies at the dates indicated.
Past Due Loans:
30-59 Days
60-89 Days
90 Days and Over
Total Loans Past Due 30-90+ Days
Nonaccrual Loans
Total Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
(in thousands)
2012
2011
$
$
$
3,133
241
—
3,374
14,087
17,461
$
$
3,960
980
151
5,091
47,175
52,266
$
$
10,696
775
232
11,703
101,767
113,470
$
$
38,219
20,303
86
58,608
94,517
153,125
$
17,346
3,947
1,350
22,643
92,020
114,663
Loans past due 30-59 days decreased from $4.0 million at December 31, 2014 to $3.1 million at December 31, 2015, and loans past due 60-89 days decreased from $980,000 at December 31, 2014 to $241,000 at
December 31, 2015. This represents a $1.6 million decrease in loans past due 30-89 days. We considered this trend in delinquency levels during the evaluation of qualitative trends in the portfolio when
establishing the general component of our allowance for loan losses.
Loans more than 90 days past due decreased $151,000, and nonaccrual loans decreased $33.1 million, respectively, from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. The $33.1 million decrease in nonaccrual loans
was primarily driven by $27.6 million in principal payments received, $5.5 million in migration to OREO, $1.6 million in loans returned to accrual status, and $5.1 million in charge-offs, offset by $6.8 million in
loans moved to nonaccrual during 2015. The $14.1 million in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2015, and $47.2 million at December 31, 2014, were primarily construction, land development, other land,
commercial real estate, and residential real estate loans. Management believes it has established adequate loan loss reserves for these credits.
Non-Performing Assets – Non-performing assets consist of certain restructured loans for which interest rate or other terms have been renegotiated, loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual, loans on which
interest is no longer accrued, real estate acquired through foreclosure and repossessed assets. Loans, including impaired loans, are placed on nonaccrual status when they become past due 90 days or more as to
principal or interest, unless they are adequately secured and in the process of collection. Loans are considered impaired if full principal or interest payments are not anticipated in accordance with the contractual
loan terms. Impaired loans are carried at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell if the loan is collateral
dependent. Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and normal collection procedures are implemented when a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan. If the delinquency on a mortgage loan exceeds
120 days and is not cured through normal collection procedures or an acceptable arrangement is not worked out with the borrower, we institute measures to remedy the default, including commencing a
foreclosure action. Consumer loans generally are charged off when a loan is deemed uncollectible and often before any available collateral has been disposed. Commercial business and real estate loan
delinquencies are handled on an individual basis with the advice of legal counsel.
Interest income on loans is recognized on the accrual basis except for those loans placed on nonaccrual status. The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when management believes, after
consideration of economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrowers’ financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful, which typically occurs after the loan becomes 90 days
delinquent. When interest accrual is discontinued, existing accrued interest is reversed and interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received on well-secured loans.
Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. New and used automobiles and other motor vehicles acquired as a result
of foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets until they are sold. When such property is acquired it is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition
is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent gains and losses are included in non-interest expense.
38
Table Of Contents
The following table sets forth information with respect to non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:
Past due 90 days or more still on accrual
Loans on nonaccrual status
Total non-performing loans
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
Other repossessed assets
Total non-performing assets
Non-performing loans to total loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for non-performing loans
Allowance for non-performing loans to non-performing loans
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
(dollars in thousands)
2012
2011
—
14,087
14,087
19,214
—
33,301
$
$
2.28%
3.51%
295
2.09%
$
151
47,175
47,326
46,197
—
93,523
$
$
7.57%
9.19%
1,253
2.65%
$
232
101,767
101,999
30,892
—
132,891
$
$
14.38%
12.35%
2,285
2.24%
$
86
94,517
94,603
43,671
—
138,274
$
$
10.52%
11.89%
13,250
14.01%
$
1,350
92,020
93,370
41,449
5
134,824
8.22%
9.26%
11,382
12.19%
$
$
$
Troubled Debt Restructuring – A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) occurs when the Bank has agreed to a loan modification in the form of a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty.
The majority of the Bank’s TDRs involve a reduction in interest rate, a deferral of principal for a stated period of time, or an interest only period. All TDRs are considered impaired, and the Bank has allocated
reserves for these loans to reflect the present value of the concessionary terms granted to the borrower. If the loan is considered collateral dependent, it is reported net of allocated reserves, at the fair value of the
collateral less cost to sell.
We do not have a formal loan modification program. If a borrower is unable to make contractual payments, we review the particular circumstances of that borrower’s situation and determine whether or not to
negotiate a revised payment stream. Our goal when restructuring a credit is to afford the borrower a reasonable period of time to remedy the issue causing cash flow constraints within their business so that they
can return to performing status over time.
Our loan modifications have taken the form of a reduction in interest rate and/or curtailment of scheduled principal payments for a short-term period, usually three to six months, but in some cases until maturity
of the loan. In some circumstances we restructure real estate secured loans in a bifurcated fashion whereby we have a fully amortizing “A” loan at a market interest rate and an interest-only “B” loan at a reduced
interest rate. The majority of our restructured loans are collateral secured loans. If a borrower fails to perform under the modified terms, we place the loan(s) on nonaccrual status and begin the process of working
with the borrower to liquidate the underlying collateral to satisfy the debt.
We consider any loan that is restructured for a borrower experiencing financial difficulties due to a borrower’s potential inability to pay in accordance with contractual terms of the loan to be a troubled debt
restructuring. Specifically, we consider a concession involving a modification of the loan terms, such as (i) a reduction of the stated interest rate, (ii) a reduction or deferral of principal, or (iii) a reduction or
deferral of accrued interest at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk all to be troubled debt restructurings. When a modification of terms is made for a competitive
reason, we do not consider it to be a troubled debt restructuring. A primary example of a competitive modification would be an interest rate reduction for a performing customer’s loan to a market rate as the result
of a market decline in rates.
Management periodically reviews renewals/modifications of previously identified TDRs for which there was no principal forgiveness, to consider if it is appropriate to remove the TDR classification. If the
borrower is no longer experiencing financial difficulty and the renewal/modification did not contain a concessionary interest rate or other concessionary terms, management considers the potential removal of the
TDR classification. If deemed appropriate, the TDR classification is removed as the borrower has complied with the terms of the loan at the date of renewal/modification and there was a reasonable expectation
that the borrower would continue to comply with the terms of the loan after the date of the renewal/modification. In this instance, the TDR was originally considered a restructuring in a prior year as a result of a
modification with an interest rate that was not commensurate with the risk of the underlying loan. Additionally, TDR classification can be removed in circumstances in which the Company performs a non-
concessionary re-modification of the loan at terms that were considered to be at market for loans with comparable risk. Management expects the borrower will continue to perform under the re-modified terms
based on the borrower’s past history of performance.
39
Table Of Contents
If the borrower fails to perform, we place the loan on nonaccrual status and seek to liquidate the underlying collateral. Our nonaccrual policy for restructured loans is identical to our nonaccrual policy for all
loans. Our policy calls for a loan to be reported as nonaccrual if it is maintained on a cash basis because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower, payment in full of principal and interest is not
expected, or principal or interest is past due 90 days or more unless the assets are both well secured and in the process of collection. Changes in value for impairment, including the amount attributed to the
passage of time, are recorded entirely within the provision for loan losses. Upon determination that a loan is collateral dependent, the loan is charged down to the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell.
At December 31, 2015, we had 30 restructured loans totaling $21.0 million with borrowers who experienced deterioration in financial condition compared with 52 restructured loans totaling $42.5 million at
December 31, 2014. In general, these loans were granted interest rate reductions to provide cash flow relief to borrowers experiencing cash flow difficulties. At December 31, 2015, three loans totaling
approximately $3.4 million were granted principal payment deferrals until maturity. There were no concessions made to forgive principal relative to these loans, although we have recorded partial charge-offs for
certain restructured loans. In general, these loans are secured by first liens on 1-4 residential or commercial real estate properties, or farmland. Restructured loans also included $507,000 of commercial loans at
December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, $17.4 million of TDRs were performing according to their modified terms.
There were no modifications granted during 2015 or 2014 that resulted in loans being identified as TDRs. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, TDRs were reduced as a result of $16.3 million in
payments, the transfer of $3.5 million to OREO, and the charge-off of $1.7 million. In addition, the TDR classification was removed from two loans that met the requirements discussed above in the second
quarter of 2014. These two loans totaled $7.3 million at December 31, 2013. These loans are no longer evaluated individually for impairment.
The following table sets forth information with respect to TDRs, non-performing loans, real estate acquired through foreclosure, and other repossessed assets.
Total non-performing loans
TDRs on accrual
Total non-performing loans and TDRs on accrual
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
Other repossessed assets
Total non-performing assets and TDRs on accrual
Total non-performing loans and TDRs on accrual to total loans
Total non-performing assets and TDRs on accrual to total assets
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
(dollars in thousands)
2012
2011
$
$
$
$
$
14,087
17,440
31,527
19,214
—
50,741
$
5.10%
5.35%
$
$
47,326
21,985
69,311
46,197
—
115,508
$
11.09%
11.35%
101,999
44,346
146,345
30,892
$
$
—
177,237
$
20.63%
16.47%
94,603
77,344
171,947
43,671
$
$
—
215,618
$
19.12%
18.55%
93,370
74,144
167,514
41,449
5
208,968
14.75%
14.36%
See Footnote 4, “Loans”, to the financial statements for additional disclosure related to troubled debt restructuring.
Interest income that would have been earned on non-performing loans was $1.7 million, $3.3 million, and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Interest income
recognized on accruing non-performing loans was $710,000, $785,000, and $895,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s continuing review and evaluation of individual loans, loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of
various categories of loans and such other factors that, in management’s judgment, require current recognition in estimating loan losses.
40
Table Of Contents
Management has established loan grading procedures that result in specific allowance allocations for any estimated inherent risk of loss. For loans not individually evaluated, a general allowance allocation is
computed using factors developed over time based on actual loss experience. The specific and general allocations plus consideration of qualitative factors represent management’s estimate of probable losses
contained in the loan portfolio at the evaluation date. Although the allowance for loan losses is comprised of specific and general allocations, the entire allowance is available to absorb any credit losses.
The following table sets forth an analysis of loan loss experience as of and for the periods indicated:
Balances at beginning of period
$
19,364
$
28,124
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
(dollars in thousands)
56,680
$
2012
2011
$
52,579
$
34,285
Loans charged-off:
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Total charge-offs
Recoveries:
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision (negative provision) for loan losses
Balance at end of period
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans
Net charge-offs to average loans
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
Allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
Allowance for loan losses to loans individually evaluated for impairment
Allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
Allowance for loan losses to loans collectively evaluated for impairment
5,050
696
268
118
6,132
2,338
723
240
8
3,309
2,823
(4,500)
12,041
$
1.95%
0.44%
85.48%
$
428
31,776
1.35%
11,613
586,890
$
1.98%
41
$
$
$
17,943
1,099
354
30
19,426
2,726
614
213
13
3,566
15,860
7,100
19,364
$
3.10%
2.39%
40.92%
$
752
71,993
1.04%
18,612
553,006
$
3.37%
28,879
2,828
773
128
32,608
1,622
1,212
266
252
3,352
29,256
700
28,124
$
3.96%
3.71%
27.57%
3,471
149,883
$
2.32%
24,653
559,443
$
4.41%
31,437
3,784
1,130
1,164
37,515
1,040
129
125
72
1,366
36,149
40,250
56,680
$
6.30%
3.50%
59.91%
21,034
188,808
$
11.14%
35,646
710,284
$
5.02%
38,538
4,197
1,070
841
44,646
184
69
87
—
340
44,306
62,600
52,579
4.63%
3.56%
56.31%
12,314
150,727
8.17%
40,265
985,296
4.09%
Table Of Contents
Our allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is comprised of general reserves and specific reserves.
Our loan loss reserve, as a percentage of total loans at December 31, 2015, decreased to 1.95% from 3.10% at December 31, 2014. The change in our loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans between
periods is attributable to the improving historical loss experience, qualitative factors, improvement in risk grade classification metrics, improving charge-off levels, and improving past due trends. Our allowance
for loan losses to non-performing loans was 85.48% at December 31, 2015, compared with 40.92% at December 31, 2014. Net charge-offs in 2015 totaled $2.8 million. This resulted in the decline in our
allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment.
The following table sets forth the net charge-offs (recoveries) for the periods indicated:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate
Residential Real Estate
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total net charge-offs
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
Year Ended
December 31,
2013
$
$
(27) $
1,225
1,487
37
110
(9)
2,823
$
$
485
11,878
3,339
167
17
(26)
15,860
$
1,616
20,045
7,212
507
(124)
—
29,256
We maintain a general reserve for each loan type in the loan portfolio. In determining the amount of the general reserve portion of our allowance for loan losses, management considers factors such as our
historical loan loss experience, the growth, composition and diversification of our loan portfolio, current delinquency levels, loan quality grades, the results of recent regulatory examinations and general economic
conditions. Based on these factors, we apply estimated percentages to the various categories of loans, not including any loan that has a specific allowance allocated to it, based on our historical experience,
portfolio trends and economic and industry trends. This information is used by management to set the general reserve portion of the allowance for loan losses at a level it deems prudent.
Generally, all loans identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific allowance is required. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is
probable that we will not receive all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment in accordance
with ASC 310.10, “Impairment of a Loan.” When management’s measured value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific
reserve or charged-off if the loan is deemed collateral dependent. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of our loss exposure for each credit
given the payment status, financial condition of the borrower and value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves have been provided are excluded from the general reserve calculations
described below. Changes in specific reserves from period to period are the result of changes in the circumstances of individual loans such as charge-offs, pay-offs, changes in collateral values or other factors.
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the amount necessary to provide for probable losses in the loan portfolio in the normal course of business. Due to the uncertainty of risks in the
loan portfolio, management’s judgment of the amount of the allowance necessary to absorb loan losses is approximate. The allowance for loan losses is also subject to regulatory examinations and may be
adjusted in response to a determination by the regulatory agencies as to its adequacy in comparison with peer institutions.
We make specific allowances for each impaired loan based on its type and risk classification as discussed above. At year-end 2015, our allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans increased to 85.48%
from 40.92% at year-end 2014. It is important to look more closely at this ratio as a significant portion of our impaired loans are collateral dependent and have been charged down to the estimated fair value of the
underlying collateral less cost to sell. Please see the next table for comparison and disclosure of our recorded investment less allocated allowance relative to the unpaid principal balance. We have assessed these
impaired loans for collectability and considered, among other things, the borrower’s ability to repay, the value of the underlying collateral, and other market conditions to ensure that the allowance for loan losses
is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses.
42
Table Of Contents
The following table presents the unpaid principal balance, recorded investment and allocated allowance related to loans individually evaluated for impairment in the commercial real estate and residential real
estate portfolios as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Unpaid principal balance
Prior charge-offs
Recorded investment
Allocated allowance
Recorded investment, less allocated allowance
Recorded investment, less allocated allowance/ Unpaid
principal balance
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
$
$
$
18,112
(5,293)
12,819
(43)
12,776
$
(in thousands)
$
19,983
(2,310)
17,673
(385)
17,288
$
65,899
(17,758)
$
48,141
(491)
47,650
$
24,633
(3,249)
21,384
(227)
21,157
70.54%
86.51%
72.31%
85.89%
Based on prior charge-offs, our current recorded investments in loans individually evaluated for impairment in the commercial real estate and residential real estate segments of the portfolio are significantly
below the unpaid principal balances of those loans. The recorded investment net of the allocated allowance was 70.54% and 86.51% of the unpaid principal balance in the commercial real estate and residential
real estate segments, respectively, at December 31, 2015.
The following table illustrates recent trends in loans collectively evaluated for impairment and the related allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment:
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Residential real estate
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Loans
Allowance
% to Total
Loans
Allowance
% to Total
$
$
85,064
237,317
227,936
9,990
26,164
419
586,890
$
$
818
6,950
3,599
122
122
2
11,613
(dollars in thousands)
0.96% $
2.93
1.58
1.22
0.47
0.48
1.98% $
58,914
237,903
217,785
11,286
26,703
415
553,006
$
$
2,013
10,440
5,560
273
319
7
18,612
3.42%
4.39
2.55
2.42
1.19
1.69
3.37%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment and the related allowance for those loan losses trended downward from 3.37% at December 31, 2014 to 1.98% at December 31, 2015 as a result of declining historical
charge-off levels and improving trends in loan category risk ratings. The residential real estate segment constitutes approximately 38.8% of total loans collectively evaluated for impairment. The related
allowance for the residential real estate segment trended downward from 2.55% at December 31, 2014 to 1.58% at December 31, 2015 as our net charge-offs declined from approximately $3.3 million in 2014 to
$1.5 million in 2015. The commercial real estate segment constitutes approximately 40.4% of total loans collectively evaluated for impairment. The related allowance for the commercial real estate segment
trended downward from 4.39% at December 31, 2014 to 2.93% at December 31, 2015. This is consistent with our net charge-off experience in the commercial real estate segment of the portfolio which totaled
approximately $11.9 million in 2014 and $1.2 million in 2015. The decreasing allowance also reflects improving historical loss experience, qualitative factors, improvement in risk grade classification metrics,
improving charge-off levels, and improving past due trends.
A significant portion of our portfolio is comprised of loans secured by real estate. A decline in the value of the real estate serving as collateral for our loans may impact our ability to collect those loans. In general,
we obtain updated appraisals on property securing our loans when circumstances are warranted such as at the time of renewal or when market conditions have significantly changed. We use qualified licensed
appraisers approved by our Board of Directors. These appraisers possess prerequisite certifications and knowledge of the local and regional marketplace.
Based on its assessment of the loan portfolio, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for loan losses to our Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance for loan losses since the
last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance for loan losses.
43
Table Of Contents
This assessment is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as events change. We decreased the allowance for loan losses
as a percentage of loans outstanding to 1.95% at December 31, 2015 from 3.10% at December 31, 2014. This decline is the result of improving historical loss experience, qualitative factors, improvement in risk
grade classification metrics, improving charge-off levels, and improving past due trends. The level of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from these estimates.
We follow a loan grading program designed to evaluate the credit risk in our loan portfolio. Through this loan grading process, we maintain an internally classified watch list which helps management assess the
overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Loans categorized as watch list loans show warning elements where the present status exhibits one or more deficiencies that
require attention in the short-term or where pertinent ratios of the loan account have weakened to a point where more frequent monitoring is warranted. These loans do not have all of the characteristics of a
classified loan (substandard or doubtful) but do show weakened elements as compared with those of a satisfactory credit. We review these loans to assist in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
In establishing the appropriate risk rating for specific assets, management considers, among other factors, the borrower’s ability to repay, the borrower’s repayment history, the current delinquent status, and the
estimated value of the underlying collateral. As a result of this process, loans are categorized as special mention, substandard or doubtful.
Loans classified as “special mention” do not have all of the characteristics of substandard or doubtful loans. They have one or more deficiencies which warrant special attention and which corrective action, such
as accelerated collection practices, may remedy.
Loans classified as “substandard” are those loans with clear and defined weaknesses such as a highly leveraged position, unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition that
may jeopardize the repayment of the debt as contractually agreed. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some losses if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Loans classified as “doubtful” are those loans which have characteristics similar to substandard loans but with an increased risk that collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable.
Specific reserves may be carried for accruing TDRs in compliance with restructured terms. Once a loan is deemed impaired or uncollectible as contractually agreed (other than performing TDRs), the loan is
charged-off either partially or in-full against the allowance for loan losses, based upon the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of collateral less estimated cost
to sell with respect to collateral-based loans if collateral dependent.
As of December 31, 2015, we had $36.4 million of loans classified as substandard, $1.4 million classified as special mention and none classified as doubtful or loss. This compares with $91.5 million of loans
classified as substandard, $4.2 million classified as special mention and none classified as doubtful or loss as of December 31, 2014. The $55.1 million decrease in loans classified as substandard was primarily
driven by $39.8 million in principal payments received, $5.5 million in migration to OREO, $14.0 million in loans upgraded from substandard, and $5.8 million in charge-offs, offset by $10.1 million in loans
moved to substandard during 2015. Substandard loans are primarily concentrated in the residential real estate portfolio. As of December 31, 2015, we had allocations of $1.3 million in the allowance for loan
losses related to these substandard loans. This compares to allocations of $4.0 million in the allowance for loan losses related to substandard loans at December 31, 2014.
44
Table Of Contents
The following table depicts management’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan type. Allowance funding and allocation is based on management’s current evaluation of risk in each category,
economic conditions, past loss experience, loan volume, past due history and other factors. Since these factors and management’s assumptions are subject to change, the allocation is not necessarily predictive of
future portfolio performance. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses
from any segment of loans.
As of December 31,
2015
2014
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount of
Allowance
(dollars in thousands)
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount of
Allowance
$
$
818
424
364
6,205
422
3,562
122
122
2
12,041
13.93% $
5.36
12.35
22.72
7.13
32.57
1.62
4.25
0.07
100.0% $
2,046
739
1,094
9,098
886
4,901
274
319
7
19,364
9.75%
5.31
12.39
28.07
6.70
31.56
1.82
4.31
0.09
100.0%
2013
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount of
Allowance
As of December 31,
2012
Amount of
Allowance
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
(dollars in thousands)
2011
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount of
Allowance
$
$
3,221
2,149
1,623
12,642
1,449
6,313
416
305
6
—
28,124
7.45% $
6.11
10.04
32.71
6.61
32.21
2.03
2.71
0.13
—
100.00% $
4,402
5,989
2,600
26,179
2,464
13,771
857
403
15
—
56,680
5.85% $
7.82
8.99
35.89
5.67
30.95
2.27
2.48
0.08
—
100.0% $
4,207
13,920
2,023
17,081
1,797
12,420
792
325
14
—
52,579
6.27%
8.93
8.01
37.31
5.31
29.70
2.29
2.09
0.09
—
100.0%
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Unallocated
Total
Provision for Loan Losses – A negative provision for loan losses of $4.5 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with a provision for loan losses of $7.1 million for 2014 and a
provision for loan losses of $700,000 for 2013. The negative provision in 2015 was driven by declining historical loss rates, improvements in asset quality, and management’s assessment of risk within the
portfolio. The total allowance for loan losses was $12.0 million, or 1.95% of total loans, at December 31, 2015, compared with $19.4 million, or 3.10% of total loans, at December 31, 2014, and $28.1 million, or
3.96% of total loans, at December 31, 2013. The decreased allowance is consistent with the overall trends within the portfolio. Substandard loans decreased by $55.1 million or 60.2% during 2015, net charge-offs
were $2.8 million for 2015 compared to $15.9 million in 2014 and $29.3 million in 2013, and nonaccrual loans decreased by $33.1 million or 70.1% during 2015. Charge-offs for 2015 were concentrated in the
loans secured by real estate category of the portfolio. Real estate net charge-offs represent 96.1% of our net charge-offs for 2015. These net charge-offs consisted of $1.2 million of commercial real estate loans
and $1.5 million of residential real estate loans. We consider the size and volume of our portfolio as well as the credit quality of our loan portfolio based upon risk category classification when determining the
loan loss provision for each period and the allowance for loan losses at period end.
45
Table Of Contents
Foreclosed Properties – Foreclosed properties at December 31, 2015 were $19.2 million compared with $46.2 million at December 31, 2014. See Footnote 6, “Other Real Estate Owned”, to the financial
statements. During 2015, we acquired $5.5 million of OREO properties and sold properties totaling approximately $22.6 million. We value foreclosed properties at fair value less estimated cost to sell when
acquired and expect to liquidate these properties to recover our investment in the due course of business.
OREO is recorded at fair market value less estimated cost to sell at time of acquisition. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent
reductions in fair value are recorded as non-interest expense. To determine the fair value of OREO for smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors,
investors, and appraisers. If the internally evaluated market price is below our underlying investment in the property, appropriate write-downs are recorded.
For larger dollar commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property or have staff in our special assets group or centralized appraisal department evaluate the latest in-file appraisal
in connection with the transfer to OREO. In some of these circumstances, an appraisal is in process at quarter end and we must make our best estimate of the fair value of the underlying collateral based on our
internal evaluation of the property, our review of the most recent appraisal, and discussions with the currently engaged appraiser. We typically obtain updated appraisals within five quarters of the anniversary
date of ownership unless a sale is imminent. When an asking price is lowered below the most recent appraised value, appropriate write-downs are taken.
The following table presents the major categories of OREO at the year-ends indicated:
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction, land development, and other land
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Net activity relating to other real estate owned during the years indicated is as follows:
OREO Activity
OREO as of January 1
Real estate acquired
Valuation adjustments for declining market values
Net gain (loss) on sale
Proceeds from sale of properties
OREO as of December 31
$
$
$
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
12,344
—
6,746
—
124
19,214
$
$
18,325
654
14,525
4,875
7,818
46,197
$
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$
46,197
5,513
(9,855)
(74)
(22,567)
19,214
$
$
30,892
32,338
(4,255)
306
(13,084)
46,197
$
19,049
690
4,888
246
6,019
30,892
43,671
20,606
(2,466)
(132)
(30,787)
30,892
Net loss on sales, write-downs, and operating expenses for OREO totaled $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with $5.8 million for the same period of 2014.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, fair value write-downs of $9.9 million were recorded compared with $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The write-downs recorded during 2015 reflect
declines in the fair value and include $5.5 million related to reductions in listing prices for certain properties, $3.7 million related to properties liquidated through auctions, and $637,000 related to updated
appraisals. We were successful in selling OREO totaling $22.6 million and $13.1 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively. While levels are improving, we continue to have an elevated level of real estate
secured nonaccrual loans. We expect to resolve certain of these nonaccrual loans through the acquisition and sale of the underlying real estate collateral.
46
Table Of Contents
Investment Securities – The securities portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and earnings and contributes to the management of interest rate risk. We have the authority to invest in various types of liquid
assets, including short-term United States Treasury obligations and securities of various federal agencies, obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, certificates of deposit at insured savings
and loans and banks, bankers’ acceptances and federal funds. We may also invest a portion of our assets in certain commercial paper and corporate debt securities. We are also authorized to invest in mutual funds
and stocks whose assets conform to the investments that we are authorized to make directly. The investment portfolio decreased by $46.1 million, or 19.8%, to $187.1 million at December 31, 2015, compared
with $233.1 million at December 31, 2014.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of our securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2015
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Securities available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agencies $
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate
Other debt
Total available for sale
$
33,491
102,135
6,555
2,321
—
144,502
$
$
146
907
306
—
—
1,359
$
$
(375) $
(380)
—
(128)
—
(883) $
33,262
102,662
6,861
2,193
—
144,978
$
$
35,725
121,985
11,690
18,087
572
188,059
$
$
308
1,970
722
853
86
3,939
$
$
(590) $
(357)
(8)
(252)
—
(1,207) $
35,443
123,598
12,404
18,688
658
190,791
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrecognized
Gains
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrecognized
Gains
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
Fair
Value
Securities held to maturity
State and municipal
Total held to maturity
$
$
42,075
42,075
$
$
2,178
2,178
$
$
—
—
$
$
44,253
44,253
$
$
42,325
42,325
$
$
2,173
2,173
$
$
—
—
$
$
44,498
44,498
The following table sets forth the contractual maturities, fair values and weighted-average yields for our available for sale securities held at December 31, 2015:
Due Within
One Year
After One Year
But Within
Five Years
After Five Years
But Within
Ten Years
After Ten Years
Total
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agencies $
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate bonds
Total available for sale
$
—
—
298
—
298
—% $
—
5.54
—
5.54% $
5,989
245
2,912
—
9,146
1.94% $
5.08
5.45
—
3.12% $
6,246
8,079
3,272
—
17,597
2.25% $
2.45
4.78
—
2.79% $
21,027
94,338
379
2,193
117,937
2.35% $
2.31
6.19
2.35
2.33% $
33,262
102,662
6,861
2,193
144,978
2.26%
2.33
5.18
2.35
2.44%
The following table sets forth the contractual maturities, amortized cost and weighted-average yields for our held to maturity securities held at December 31, 2015:
Due Within
One Year
After One Year
But Within
Five Years
After Five Years
But Within
Ten Years
After Ten Years
Total
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Held to maturity
State and municipal
Total held to maturity
$
$
—
—
—% $
—% $
3,699
3,699
2.49% $
2.49% $
23,240
23,240
3.82% $
3.82% $
15,136
15,136
4.62% $
4.62% $
42,075
42,075
3.99%
3.99%
Average yields in the table above were calculated on a tax equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 35%. Mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real
estate mortgages. These securities are issued by federal agencies such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as non-agency company issuers. These securities are deemed to have high credit
ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest. Cash flows from agency backed mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by the issuing agencies.
47
Table Of Contents
Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed securities provide cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and
principal prepayments throughout the lives of the securities. Mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a premium will generally return decreasing net yields as interest rates drop because home owners tend
to refinance their mortgages. Thus, the premium paid must be amortized over a shorter period. Therefore, those securities purchased at a discount will obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate
environment. As interest rates rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal
and consequently, average life will not be shortened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments will generally increase. Non-agency issuer mortgage-backed securities do not carry a government guarantee. We
limit our purchases of these securities to bank qualified issues with high credit ratings. We regularly monitor the performance and credit ratings of these securities and evaluate these securities, as we do all of our
securities, for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2015, 91.7% of the agency mortgage-backed securities we held had contractual final maturities of more than ten years with a
weighted average life of 23.4 years.
Deposits – We attract both short-term and long-term deposits from the general public by offering a wide range of deposit accounts and interest rates. In recent years, we have been required by market conditions to
rely increasingly on short to mid-term certificate accounts and other deposit alternatives, which are more responsive to market interest rates. We are currently restricted from accepting, renewing, or rolling-over
brokered deposits without the prior receipt of a waiver on a case-by-case basis from our regulators.
We primarily rely on our banking office network to attract and retain deposits in our local markets and leverage our online Ascencia division to attract out-of-market deposits. Market interest rates and rates on
deposit products offered by competing financial institutions can significantly affect our ability to attract and retain deposits. During 2015, total deposits decreased $48.8 million compared with 2014. During 2014,
total deposits decreased $60.9 million compared with 2013. The decrease in deposits for 2015 and 2014 was primarily in higher cost certificates of deposit balances.
To evaluate our funding needs in light of deposit trends resulting from continually changing conditions, we evaluate simulated performance reports that forecast changes in margins along with other pertinent
economic data. We continue to offer attractively priced deposit products along our product line to allow us to retain deposit customers and reduce interest rate risk during various rising and falling interest rate
cycles.
We offer savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts and fixed rate certificates with varying maturities. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in
interest rates and competition. Our management adjusts interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties on our deposit products periodically. The variety of deposit products allows us to
compete more effectively in obtaining funds and to respond with more flexibility to the flow of funds away from depository institutions into outside investment alternatives. However, our ability to attract and
maintain deposits and the cost of these funds have been, and will continue to be, significantly affected by market conditions.
The following table sets forth the average daily balances and weighted average rates paid for our deposits for the periods indicated:
2015
For the Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Demand
Interest Checking
Money Market
Savings
Certificates of Deposit
Total Deposits
Weighted Average Rate
$
$
113,576
88,814
112,350
35,604
557,441
907,785
(dollars in thousands)
113,150
83,504
96,194
36,803
632,020
961,671
$
0.15%
0.55
0.24
1.29
$
0.92%
106,153
84,917
69,842
39,158
703,982
1,004,052
0.23%
0.50
0.29
1.35
1.01%
$
0.13%
0.57
0.21
0.96
$
0.68%
48
Table Of Contents
The following table sets forth the average daily balances and weighted average rates paid for our certificates of deposit for the periods indicated:
Certificates of Deposit
Less than $100,000
$100,000 or more
Total
2015
For the Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
306,941
250,500
557,441
0.93% $
0.99
0.96% $
354,250
277,770
632,020
1.22% $
1.37
1.29% $
405,758
298,224
703,982
1.28%
1.44
1.35%
The following table shows at December 31, 2015 the amount of our time deposits of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity:
Maturity Period
(in thousands)
Three months or less
Three months through six months
Six months through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total
$
$
35,069
36,303
65,294
85,874
222,540
We strive to maintain competitive pricing on our deposit products which we believe allows us to retain a substantial percentage of our customers when their time deposits mature.
Borrowing – Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for our general business purposes. We can also use advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Cincinnati to
supplement our pool of lendable funds, meet deposit withdrawal requirements and manage the terms of our liabilities. Advances from the FHLB are secured by our stock in the FHLB, and substantially all of our
first mortgage residential loans. At December 31, 2015, we had $3.1 million in advances outstanding from the FHLB and the capacity to increase our borrowings by an additional $26.4 million. The FHLB of
Cincinnati functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for savings banks and other member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB and are authorized to
apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our home mortgages and other assets (principally, securities that are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States) provided that we meet
certain standards related to creditworthiness.
The following table sets forth information about our FHLB advances as of and for the periods indicated:
Average balance outstanding
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
End of period balance
Weighted average interest rate:
At end of period
During the period
2015
$
December 31,
2014
(dollars in thousands)
2013
$
3,473
8,705
3,081
2.65%
2.73%
$
4,473
16,940
15,752
1.02%
2.77%
4,990
5,517
4,492
3.07%
3.15%
Subordinated Capital Note – At December 31, 2015, the Bank had a subordinated capital note outstanding in the principal amount of $4.1 million. The note is unsecured, bears interest at the BBA three-month
LIBOR floating rate plus 300 basis points, and qualifies as Tier 2 capital until five years before the note matures on July 1, 2020. During this five-year period, one-fifth of the principal amount of the subordinated
note is excluded from Tier 2 capital each year until fully excluded from Tier 2 capital during the year before maturity. At December 31, 2015, a total of $3.2 million of the outstanding balance was included in Tier
2 capital. Quarterly principal payments of $225,000 plus interest commenced on October 1, 2010. At December 31, 2015, the interest rate on this note was 3.28%.
49
Table Of Contents
Junior Subordinated Debentures – At December 31, 2015, we had four issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding totaling $21.0 million as shown in the table below.
Description
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
Ascencia Statutory Trust I
Liquidation
Amount
Trust
Preferred
Securities
End of 20
Quarter
Deferral Period
(1)
Issuance Date
Interest Rate (2)
$
$
5,000
3,000
10,000
3,000
21,000
2/13/2004
4/15/2004
12/14/2006
2/13/2004
9/19/2016
9/18/2016
9/1/2016
9/19/2016
3-month LIBOR + 2.85%
3-month LIBOR + 2.79%
3-month LIBOR + 1.67%
3-month LIBOR + 2.85%
Junior
Subordinated
Debt and
Investment
in Trust
Maturity Date
$
$
5,155
3,093
10,310
3,093
21,651
2/13/2034
4/15/2034
3/1/2037
2/13/2034
(1) Accrued and unpaid interest totaled $2.5 million at December 31, 2015.
(2) As of December 31, 2015, the 3-month LIBOR was 0.61%.
The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the subordinated debentures at maturity or their earlier redemption at the liquidation preference. The
subordinated debentures are redeemable before the maturity date at our option at their principal amount plus accrued interest.
On September 30, 2015, we completed a common equity for debt exchange with holders of $4.0 million of the capital securities (the “Trust Securities”) of Porter Statutory Trust IV, a trust subsidiary of the
Company. Accrued and unpaid interest on the Trust Securities totaled of approximately $330,000. In exchange for the $4.3 million debt and interest liability, the Company issued 800,000 common shares and
400,000 non-voting common shares, for a total of 1.2 million shares. See Note 12 – “Junior Subordinated Debentures” for additional discussion.
We have the option to defer interest payments on the subordinated debentures from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. Since the fourth quarter of 2011, we have been deferring interest
payments on the junior subordinated debentures held by our trust subsidiaries, requiring our trust subsidiaries to defer distributions on our trust preferred securities held by investors. Deferred distributions on our
$21.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding totaled $2.5 million as of December 31, 2015. Our deferral period expires in the third quarter of 2016, at which time we will be required to pay all accrued
interest or be in default. We are prohibited from paying cash dividends on our preferred and common shares until such time as we have paid all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities.
The Federal Reserve Board rules allow trust preferred securities to be included in Tier 1 capital, subject to quantitative and qualitative limits. Currently, no more than 25% of our Tier 1 capital can consist of trust
preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock. To the extent the amount of our trust preferred securities exceeds the 25% limit, the excess would be includable in Tier 2 capital. As of December 31,
2015, the Company’s trust preferred securities totaled 20% of its Tier 1 capital and 51% of its Tier 2 capital.
Each of the trusts issuing the trust preferred securities holds junior subordinated debentures we issued with an original maturity of 30 years. In the last five years before the junior subordinated debentures mature,
the associated trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital and included in Tier 2 capital. In addition, the trust preferred securities during this five-year period are amortized out of Tier 2 capital by
one-fifth each year and excluded from Tier 2 capital completely during the year before maturity.
Liquidity
Liquidity risk arises from the possibility we may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments, or may become unduly reliant on alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity risk
management is to ensure that we meet the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, as well as our operating cash needs, taking into account all on- and off-balance sheet funding demands. Liquidity
risk management also involves ensuring that we meet our cash flow needs at a reasonable cost. We maintain an investment and funds management policy, which identifies the primary sources of liquidity,
establishes procedures for monitoring and measuring liquidity, and establishes minimum liquidity requirements in compliance with regulatory guidance. Our Asset Liability Committee regularly monitors and
reviews our liquidity position.
50
Table Of Contents
Funds are available from a number of sources, including the sale of securities in the available for sale investment portfolio, principal pay-downs on loans and mortgage-backed securities, customer deposit inflows,
and other wholesale funding. Historically, we also utilized brokered and wholesale deposits to supplement our funding strategy. We are currently restricted from accepting, renewing, or rolling-over brokered
deposits without the prior receipt of a waiver on a case-by-case basis from our regulators. At December 31, 2015, we had no brokered deposits.
Traditionally, we have borrowed from the FHLB to supplement our funding requirements. At December 31, 2015, we had an unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $26.4 million. Our borrowing capacity
is under a detailed loan listing requirement and is based on the market value of the underlying pledged loans.
We also have available on a secured basis federal funds borrowing lines from a correspondent bank totaling $5.0 million. Management believes our sources of liquidity are adequate to meet expected cash needs
for the foreseeable future. However, the availability of these lines could be affected by our financial position. We are also subject to FDIC interest rate restrictions for deposits. As such, we are permitted to offer
up to the “national rate” plus 75 basis points as published weekly by the FDIC.
We have used cash to pay dividends on common shares, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, and to service debt. The Company’s main sources of funding include dividends paid by the Bank and
financing obtained in the capital markets. In its consent order with the FDIC and the KDFI, the Bank agreed not to pay dividends to the Company without the prior consent of those regulators. Liquid assets were
$1.0 million at December 31, 2015. Since the Bank is unlikely to be in a position to pay dividends to the Company until the Consent Order is satisfied and the Bank returns to profitability, cash inflows for the
Company are limited to common stock or debt issuances. As of December 31, 2015, we could issue approximately 5 million common shares while still preserving the value of our NOLs under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Ongoing operating expenses of the Company are forecasted at approximately $1.0 million for 2016. Parent company liquidity could be improved through a sale of common or preferred
shares. See “Item 1 – Business” and “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities – Dividends.”
Capital
Stockholders’ equity decreased $1.4 million to $32.0 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $33.5 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease was due primarily to the current year net loss of $3.2 million
and a decrease in the fair value of our securities portfolio of $2.1 million, offset by the impact of the September 30, 2015 debt to equity exchange of $3.4 million.
On February 25, 2015, we completed the final step in the retirement of our Preferred Shares originally issued to the U.S. Treasury when shareholders approved the conversion of all mandatorily convertible Series
B Preferred Shares into 4,053,600 common shares and the conversion of all mandatorily convertible Series D Preferred Shares into 6,458,000 non-voting common shares. The conversion reduced preferred
stockholders’ equity by $5.8 million and increased common stockholders’ equity by the same amount. A total of 26,947,533 common shares and non-voting common shares were issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2015.
On September 30, 2015, we completed a common equity for debt exchange with holders of $4.0 million of the capital securities (the “Trust Securities”) of Porter Statutory Trust IV, a trust subsidiary of the
Company. Accrued and unpaid interest on the Trust Securities totaled of approximately $330,000. In exchange for the $4.3 million debt and interest liability, the Company issued 800,000 common shares and
400,000 non-voting common shares, for a total of 1.2 million shares. In the transaction, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company received a one-third portion of the Trust Securities directly from an unrelated
third party in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares resulting in an $883,000 gain on extinguishment of debt. The $883,000 gain was determined based upon the difference in the $560,000 fair
value of the common shares issued and the $1.4 million book value of the debt securities and accrued interest thereon tendered to the Company by the unrelated third party on the date of closing. The fair value of
the shares issued to the unrelated third party was computed by multiplying the 400,000 shares issued by $1.40 per share, which was the NASDAQ closing price of the Company’s common stock on September 30,
2015. The subsidiary also received two-thirds of the Trust Securities having a book value of $2.9 million from related parties in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares and 400,000 non-voting
common shares. In accordance with ASC 470-50-40-2 and SEC Guidance 405-20-40-1.J, the debt and interest liability exchanged with related parties was treated as a capital transaction.
51
Table Of Contents
The following table shows the ratios of Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-adjusted assets and the leverage ratios for the Company and the Bank at December 31, 2015:
Tier 1 Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Total risk-based capital
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Regulatory
Minimums
Well-
Capitalized
Minimums
Minimum
Capital
Ratios Under
Consent Order
Porter
Bancorp
PBI
Bank
6.0%
4.5
8.0
4.0
8.0%
6.5
10.0
5.0
N/A
N/A
12.0%
9.0
6.89%
5.09
10.46
4.74
8.84%
8.84
10.58
6.08
At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.08% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 10.58%, which are both below the minimum capital ratios required by the Consent Order. Any action
taken by bank regulatory agencies could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business. See “Going Concern Considerations and Future Plans,” above.
Each of the federal bank regulatory agencies has established risk-based capital requirements for banking organizations. The Basel III regulatory capital reforms became effective for the Company and Bank on
January 1, 2015, and include new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios. These rules refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios, including the definitions of
Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. The final rules allowed banks and their holding companies with less than $250 billion in assets a one-time opportunity to opt-out of a requirement to include unrealized gains and
losses in accumulated other comprehensive income in their capital calculation. The Company and the Bank opted out of this requirement.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing
needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the
amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Our commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit as of December 31, 2015 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and
commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect our actual future cash funding requirements:
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Total
One year
or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
$
$
37,379
2,170
39,549
$
$
15,479
—
15,479
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(dollars in thousands)
2,146
$
—
2,146
$
$
$
5 years
or more
Total
18,094
—
18,094
$
$
73,098
2,170
75,268
Standby Letters of Credit – Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments we issue to guarantee the performance of a borrower to a third party. If the borrower does not perform in accordance
with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we may be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the
contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the borrower. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements be
underwritten in a manner consistent with a loan of similar characteristics.
Commitments to Extend Credit – We enter into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially
all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon borrowers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting
them to credit approval and monitoring procedures.
52
Table Of Contents
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2015:
Time deposits
FHLB borrowing (1)
Subordinated capital note
Junior subordinated debentures
Total
One year
or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
$
$
306,987
670
900
—
308,557
$
$
123,179
804
1,800
—
125,783
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(dollars in thousands)
69,661
$
671
1,350
—
71,682
$
$
$
5 years or
more
Total
—
936
—
21,000
21,936
$
$
499,827
3,081
4,050
21,000
527,958
(1) Fixed rate mortgage-matched borrowings with rates ranging from 0% to 5.25%, and maturities ranging from 2017 through 2033, averaging 2.65%.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating
results in historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
We have an asset and liability structure that is essentially monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Periods of
high inflation are often accompanied by relatively higher interest rates, and periods of low inflation are accompanied by relatively lower interest rates. As market interest rates rise or fall in relation to the rates
earned on our loans and investments, the value of these assets decreases or increases respectively.
53
Table Of Contents
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
To minimize the volatility of net interest income and exposure to economic loss that may result from fluctuating interest rates, we manage our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates through asset and
liability management activities within guidelines established by our Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The ALCO, which is comprised of senior officers, has the responsibility for approving and ensuring
compliance with asset/liability management policies. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net interest income as a result of market fluctuations in interest rates. The ALCO, on an ongoing
basis, monitors interest rate and liquidity risk in order to implement appropriate funding and balance sheet strategies. Management considers interest rate risk to be our most significant market risk.
We utilize an earnings simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity. We then evaluate potential changes in market interest rates and their subsequent effects on net interest income. The model
projects the effect of instantaneous movements in interest rates of both 100 and 200 basis points that are sustained for one year. Assumptions based on the historical behavior of our deposit rates and balances in
relation to changes in interest rates are also incorporated into the model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely
predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as
well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.
Given an instantaneous 100 basis point increase in interest rates, our base net interest income would increase by an estimated 0.6% at December 31, 2015 compared with a decrease of 3.2% at December 31, 2014.
The following table indicates the estimated impact on net interest income under various interest rate scenarios for the year ended December 31, 2015, as calculated using the static shock model approach:
+ 200 basis points
+ 100 basis points
- 100 basis points
- 200 basis points
Change in Future
Net Interest Income
Dollar Change
Percentage
Change
(dollars in thousands)
$
444
154
(1,123)
(2,715)
1.6%
0.6
(4.0)
(9.7)
Implementation of strategies to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates in the future, could lessen our forecasted “base case” net interest income in the event of no interest rate changes. Our interest sensitivity at
any point in time will be affected by a number of factors. These factors include the mix of interest sensitive assets and liabilities as well as their relative pricing schedules. It is also influenced by market interest
rates, deposit growth, loan growth, deposit decay rates and asset prepayment speed assumptions.
The following table sets forth the amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2015, which we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or
mature in each of the future time periods shown. The projected repricing of assets and liabilities anticipates prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments, as well as contractual maturities under an interest rate
unchanged scenario within the selected time intervals. While we believe such assumptions are reasonable, we cannot assure you that assumed repricing rates will approximate our actual future activity.
54
Table Of Contents
Volume Subject to Repricing Within
0 – 90
Days
91 – 181
Days
182 – 366
Days
1 – 5
Years
Over 5
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Non-
Interest
Sensitive
Total
Assets:
Federal funds sold and short-term investments
Investment securities
FHLB stock
Loans held for sale
Loans, net of allowance
Fixed and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market
accounts
Certificates of deposit
Borrowed funds
Other liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Period gap
Cumulative gap
$
$
$
$
$
$
85,329
5,511
7,323
186
244,880
—
343,229
258,127
71,955
25,117
—
—
355,199
(11,970)
(11,970)
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
6,217
—
—
68,153
—
74,370
—
85,012
209
—
—
85,221
(10,851)
(22,821)
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
10,108
—
—
86,126
—
96,234
—
148,244
286
—
—
148,530
(52,296)
(75,117)
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
82,055
—
—
200,226
—
282,281
—
194,304
1,556
—
—
195,860
86,421
11,304
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
78,953
—
—
19,281
—
98,234
—
312
963
—
—
1,275
96,959
108,263
$
—
4,209
—
—
(12,041)
62,206
54,374
$
85,329
187,053
7,323
186
606,625
62,206
948,722
—
—
—
130,620
32,017
162,637
$
$
258,127
499,827
28,131
130,620
32,017
948,722
Period gap to total assets
Cumulative gap to total assets
Cumulative interest-earning assets to cumulative interest-
bearing liabilities
(1.26)%
(1.26)%
96.63%
(1.14)%
(2.41)%
94.82%
(5.51)%
(7.92)%
87.25%
9.11%
1.19%
10.22%
11.41%
101.44%
113.77%
Our one-year cumulative gap position as of December 31, 2015 was negative $75.1 million or 7.9% of total assets. This is a one-day position that is continually changing and is not necessarily indicative of our
position at any other time. Any gap analysis has inherent shortcomings because certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionally as interest rates change.
55
Table Of Contents
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The following consolidated financial statements and reports are included in this section:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Change in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
56
Table Of Contents
Porter Bancorp, Inc.
Louisville, Kentucky
Crowe Horwath LLP
Independent Member Crowe Horwath International
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Porter Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss),
changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Porter Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
has incurred substantial losses in 2015, 2014 and 2013, largely as a result of asset impairments resulting from the re-evaluation of fair value and ongoing operating expenses related to the high volume of other real
estate owned and non-performing loans. In addition, the Company’s bank subsidiary is not in compliance with a regulatory enforcement order issued by its primary federal regulator requiring, among other things,
increased minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as being involved in various legal proceedings in which the Company disputes material factual allegations against the Company. Additional losses, adverse
outcomes from legal proceedings or the continued inability to comply with the regulatory enforcement order may result in additional adverse regulatory action. These events raise substantial doubt about the
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do
not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Louisville, Kentucky
March 25, 2016
/s/ Crowe Horwath, LLP
57
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)
2015
2014
Table Of Contents
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits in banks
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available for sale
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $44,253 and $44,498, respectively)
Loans held for sale
Loans, net of allowance of $12,041 and $19,364, respectively
Premises and equipment
Other real estate owned
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Bank owned life insurance
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits
Non-interest bearing
Interest bearing
Total deposits
Repurchase agreements
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Subordinated capital note
Junior subordinated debentures
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 18)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, no par
Series B - 0 and 40,536 issued and outstanding
Series D - 0 and 64,580 issued and outstanding
Series E - 6,198 issued and outstanding; Liquidation preference of $6.2 million
Series F - 4,304 issued and outstanding; Liquidation preference of $4.3 million
Total preferred stockholders’ equity
Common stock, no par, 86,000,000 shares authorized, 20,089,533 and 14,890,514 voting, and 6,858,000 and 0 non-voting shares issued and
outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total common stockholders’ equity
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
See accompanying notes.
58
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
8,006
85,329
93,335
144,978
42,075
186
606,625
18,812
19,214
7,323
9,441
6,733
948,722
120,043
757,954
877,997
—
3,081
10,577
4,050
21,000
916,705
—
—
—
1,644
1,127
2,771
120,699
23,654
(110,808)
(4,299)
29,246
32,017
948,722
$
14,169
66,011
80,180
190,791
42,325
8,926
605,635
19,507
46,197
7,323
9,167
7,938
1,017,989
114,910
811,931
926,841
1,341
15,752
10,640
4,950
25,000
984,524
—
2,229
3,552
1,644
1,127
8,552
113,238
21,442
(107,595)
(2,172)
24,913
33,465
1,017,989
Table Of Contents
Interest income
Loans, including fees
Taxable securities
Tax exempt securities
Federal funds sold and other
Interest expense
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated capital note
Federal funds purchased and other
Net interest income
Provision (negative provision) for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Service charges on deposit accounts
Bank card interchange fees
Income from bank owned life insurance
Other real estate owned rental income
Net gain on sales of securities
Gain on extinguishment of junior subordinated debt
Income from fiduciary activities
Other
Non-interest expense
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Loan collection expense
Other real estate owned expense
FDIC insurance
State franchise and deposit tax
Professional fees
Communications
Insurance expense
Postage and delivery
Data processing expense
Advertising
Other
Loss before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net loss
Less:
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
Effect of exchange of preferred stock for common stock
Earnings (loss) allocated to participating securities
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)
2015
2014
2013
$
$
$
See accompanying notes.
59
$
31,251
4,076
764
483
36,574
6,160
95
606
161
1
7,023
29,551
(4,500)
34,051
1,851
839
295
1,346
1,766
883
—
715
7,695
15,857
3,449
1,141
12,302
2,212
1,120
2,885
663
589
400
1,128
560
2,653
44,959
(3,213)
—
(3,213)
—
—
(336)
(2,877) $
(0.12) $
$
33,090
4,945
936
542
39,513
8,867
124
612
189
3
9,795
29,718
7,100
22,618
1,988
765
276
256
92
—
—
702
4,079
15,658
3,497
2,994
5,839
2,272
1,445
1,665
752
575
407
1,106
563
2,662
39,435
(12,738)
(1,583)
(11,155)
2,362
(36,104)
3,159
19,428
1.59
$
$
38,015
3,706
933
574
43,228
10,137
157
622
221
6
11,143
32,085
700
31,385
2,058
718
534
399
723
—
517
970
5,919
15,501
3,583
4,707
4,516
2,378
1,944
1,892
711
648
423
184
308
2,095
38,890
(1,586)
—
(1,586)
2,079
—
(267)
(3,398)
(0.29)
Table Of Contents
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities:
Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period
Amortization during the period of net unrealized loss transferred to held to maturity
Reclassification of adjustment for gains included in net income
Net unrealized gain/(loss) recognized in comprehensive income
Tax effect
Other comprehensive income (loss)
2015
2014
2013
$
(3,213) $
(11,155) $
(490)
129
(1,766)
(2,127)
—
(2,127)
4,615
181
(92)
4,704
(1,583)
3,121
Comprehensive loss
$
(5,340) $
(8,034) $
(1,586)
(7,657)
22
(723)
(8,358)
—
(8,358)
(9,944)
See accompanying notes.
60
Table Of Contents
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands except share and per share data)
Shares
Preferred
Amount
Preferred
Common
Voting and
Non-voting
Common
Series
A
Series
B
Series
C
Series
D
Series
E
Series
F
Common
Series
A
Series
Series
B
C
Series
D
Series
E
Series
F
Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income
(Loss)
Total
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Deficit
Balances,
December 31,
2012
Issuance of
12,002,421 35,000
— 317,042
— — — $ 112,236 $ 34,840 $ — $ 3,283 $ — $ — $ — $
20,283 $(126,517) $
3,065 $ 47,190
unvested stock
875,569
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
Forfeited
unvested stock
(36,991)
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — —
— — —
—
—
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
604
—
—
(1,586)
—
—
604
(1,586)
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
—
(8,358)
(8,358)
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
(1,919)
—
(1,919)
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
160 — — — — —
—
(160)
—
—
12,840,999 35,000
— 317,042
— — — $ 112,236 $ 35,000 $ — $ 3,283 $ — $ — $ — $
20,887 $(130,182) $
(5,293) $ 35,931
288,888
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
unvested stock
(60,801)
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
Stock-based
compensation
expense
Net loss
Net change in
accumulated
other
comprehensive
income, net of
taxes
Effect of
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — —
— — —
—
—
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
555
—
—
(11,155)
—
—
555
(11,155)
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
—
3,121
3,121
Stock-based
compensation
expense
Net loss
Net change in
accumulated
other
comprehensive
income, net of
taxes
Dividends on
Series A
preferred
stock
Accretion of
Series A
preferred
stock
discount
Balances,
December 31,
2013
Issuance of
unvested
stock
Forfeited
exchange of
preferred
stock for
common
stock
Dividends on
Series A
preferred stock
1,821,428 (35,000) 40,536 (317,042) 64,580 6,198 4,304
1,002 (35,000) 2,229 (3,283) 3,552 1,644 1,127
—
36,104
—
7,375
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
(2,362)
—
(2,362)
Balances,
December 31,
2014
Issuance of
14,890,514
— 40,536
— 64,580 6,198 4,304 $ 113,238 $
— $ 2,229 $ — $ 3,552 $1,644 $1,127 $
21,442 $(107,595) $
(2,172) $ 33,465
unvested stock
Terminated stock
Forfeited
915,740
(538,479)
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — —
— — —
—
—
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
unvested stock
(31,842)
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stock-based
compensation
expense
Net loss
Net change in
accumulated
other
comprehensive
income, net of
taxes
Debt to equity
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — —
— — —
—
—
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
445
—
—
(3,213)
—
—
445
(3,213)
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
— — — — — —
—
—
(2,127)
(2,127)
exchange
Conversion of
preferred
stock to
common
and non-
voting
common
stock
Balances,
December 31,
2015
1,200,000
—
—
—
— — —
1,680
— — — — — —
1,767
—
—
3,447
10,511,600
— (40,536)
— (64,580) — —
5,781
— (2,229) — (3,552) — —
—
—
—
—
26,947,533
—
—
—
— 6,198 4,304 $ 120,699 $
— $ — $ — $ — $1,644 $1,127 $
23,654 $(110,808) $
(4,299) $ 32,017
See accompanying notes.
61
Table Of Contents
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
Provision (negative provision) for loan losses
Net amortization on securities
Stock-based compensation expense
Gain on extinguishment of junior subordinated debt
Tax benefit from OCI components
Net gain on sales of loans held for sale
Loans originated for sale
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned
Net write-down of other real estate owned
Net realized gain on sales of investment securities
Earnings on bank owned life insurance, net of premium expense
Net change in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Net change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of available for sale securities
Sales of available for sale securities
Maturities and prepayments of available for sale securities
Calls of held to maturity securities
Proceeds from mandatory redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Proceeds from sales of loans not originated for sale
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
Loan originations and payments, net
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
Net cash from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in deposits
Net change in repurchase agreements
Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
Repayment of subordinated capital note
Net cash from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
Ending cash and cash equivalents
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid (refunded)
Supplemental non-cash disclosure:
Transfer from loans to other real estate
Financed sales of other real estate owned
Transfer from available for sale to held to maturity securities
AOCI component of transfer from available for sale to held to maturity
Transfer of loans to loans held for sale at fair value
Effect of accrued and unpaid dividends on preferred stock redemption
Effect of junior subordinated debt to equity exchange
2015
2014
2013
$
(3,213) $
(11,155) $
1,711
(4,500)
1,434
445
(883)
—
204
(6,652)
6,548
74
9,855
(1,766)
(274)
810
267
4,060
(21,828)
45,012
21,084
—
—
8,640
22,567
(2,239)
(385)
72,851
(48,844)
(1,341)
(17,671)
5,000
(900)
(63,756)
13,155
80,180
93,335
$
$
7,076
—
$
5,513
—
—
—
—
—
4,330
1,738
7,100
1,614
555
—
(1,583)
(53)
(2,528)
2,730
(306)
4,255
(92)
(256)
(1,574)
980
1,425
(45,803)
6,251
15,573
1,000
2,749
—
13,084
26,923
(523)
19,254
(60,864)
(1,129)
(23,765)
35,025
(900)
(51,633)
(30,954)
111,134
80,180
$
$
9,475
—
$
32,338
—
—
—
8,926
7,375
—
$
$
$
See accompanying notes.
62
(1,586)
2,017
700
2,132
604
—
—
(87)
(4,035)
4,469
132
2,466
(723)
(513)
1,364
2,585
9,525
(72,814)
8,061
26,506
—
—
—
30,772
139,548
(281)
131,792
(77,354)
(164)
(1,112)
—
(1,125)
(79,755)
61,562
49,572
111,134
10,711
—
20,606
15
44,934
(1,281)
—
—
—
Table Of Contents
PORTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include Porter Bancorp, Inc. (Company) and its subsidiary, PBI Bank (Bank). The Company owns a 100% interest
in the Bank.
The Company provides financial services through its offices in Central Kentucky and Louisville. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products
are residential mortgage, commercial, agricultural, and real estate loans. Substantially all loans are collateralized by specific items of collateral including business assets, commercial real estate, and residential real
estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, customers’ ability to
repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions in the area. Other financial instruments which potentially represent concentrations of credit risk include deposit accounts in other
financial institutions and federal funds sold.
Use of Estimates – To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These
estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – For the purpose of presentation in the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all cash and amounts due from depository institutions as well as interest bearing deposits in
banks that mature within one year and are carried at cost to be cash equivalents. The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.
Interest Bearing Deposits in Banks – Interest bearing deposits in banks mature within one year and are carried at cost. At December 31, 2015, approximately $9.8 million of interest bearing deposits in banks
were pledged for the benefit of the Bank to a secure letter of credit issued by a third party related to litigation as more fully described in Note 24 – “Contingencies”.
Securities – Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available
for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determined fair values are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized
holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method anticipating prepayments on mortgage backed securities.
Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities
in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends
to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is
met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split
into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The
credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized
through earnings.
Loans Held for Sale – Loans held for sale include residential mortgage loans originated for sale into the secondary market and loans transferred from held for investment. Held for investment loans that have been
transferred to held for sale are carried at lower of cost or fair value. The credit component or any write down upon transfer to held for sale is reflected in charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses.
Residential mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net
unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.
63
Table Of Contents
Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights released. If sold with servicing retained, the carrying value of mortgage loans sold is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing right.
Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.
Mortgage banking derivatives used in the ordinary course of business consist of mandatory forward sales contracts and rate lock loan commitments. Forward contracts represent future commitments to deliver
loans at a specified price and date and are used to manage interest rate risk on loan commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Rate lock commitments represent commitments to fund loans at a specific rate.
These derivatives involve underlying items, such as interest rates, and are designed to transfer risk. Substantially all of these instruments expire within 60 days from the date of issuance. Notional amounts are
amounts on which calculations and payments are based, but which do not represent credit exposure, as credit exposure is limited to the amounts required to be received or paid. Our commitments to deliver loans
and our rate lock loan commitments were insignificant at year end.
Loans – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and an
allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-
yield method without anticipating prepayments. The recorded investment in loans includes the outstanding principal balance and unamortized deferred origination costs and fees.
Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well collateralized and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged
off no later than 90 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is not
expected.
All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying
for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the
uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. We estimate the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of
the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire
allowance is available for any loan that, in our judgment, should be charged off.
The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. A loan is deemed impaired when, based on current information and
events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession,
and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and treated as impaired.
Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant
payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. We determine the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the
circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal
and interest owed.
If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if
repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and
accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated
future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt
restructurings that subsequently default, we determine the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.
64
Table Of Contents
The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on our
actual loss history experienced over the most recent three years with weighting towards the most recent periods. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present
for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; effects of any change in risk selection and underwriting
standards; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; trends in volume and terms of loans; experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; levels of and
trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.
A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its allowance for loan losses. We identified the following portfolio segments:
commercial, commercial real estate, residential real estate, consumer, agricultural, and other.
● Commercial loans depend on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. Commercial loans are advances for equipment purchases, or to provide working
capital, or to meet other financing needs of business enterprises. These loans may be secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Financial information is obtained from
the borrowers to evaluate their ability to repay the loans.
● Commercial real estate loans are affected by the local commercial real estate market and the local economy. Commercial real estate loans include loans on properties occupied by the borrowers and on
properties for commercial purposes. Construction and development loans are a component of this segment. These loans are generally secured by land under development or homes and commercial
buildings under construction. Appraisals are obtained to support the loan amount. Financial information is obtained from the borrowers and/or the individual project to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to
service the debt.
● Residential real estate loans are affected by the local residential real estate market, local economy, and, for variable rate mortgages, movement in indices tied to these loans. For owner occupied
residential loans, the borrowers’ repayment ability is evaluated through a review of credit scores and debt to income ratios. For non-owner occupied residential loans, such as rental real estate, financial
information is obtained from the borrowers and/or the individual project to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to service the debt. Appraisals are obtained to support the loan amount.
● Consumer loans depend on local economies. Consumer loans are generally secured by consumer assets, but may be unsecured. We evaluate the borrowers’ repayment ability through a review of credit
scores and an evaluation of debt to income ratios.
● Agriculture loans depend on the industries tied to these loans and are generally secured by livestock, crops, and/or equipment, but may be unsecured. We evaluate the borrowers’ repayment ability
through a review of credit scores and an evaluation of debt to income ratios.
● Other loans include loans to municipalities, loans secured by stock, and overdrafts. For municipal loans, we evaluate the borrowers’ revenue streams as well as ability to repay form general funds. For
loans secured by stock, we evaluate the market value of the stock securing the loan in relation to the loan amount. Overdrafts are funded based on pre-established criteria related to the deposit account
relationship.
We analyze key relevant risk characteristics for each portfolio segment and have determined that loans in each segment possess similar general risk characteristics that are analyzed in connection with our loan
underwriting processes and procedures. In determining the allocated allowance, we utilize weighted average loss rates for the past three years most heavily weighting the current year. Commercial real estate
qualitative adjustment considerations include due to trends in our markets for underlying collateral values and risks related to tenant rents and for economic factors such as decreased sales demand, elevated
inventory levels, and declining collateral values. Residential real estate loan considerations include macro factors such as unemployment rates, trends in vacancy rates, and home value trends. The commercial
portfolio qualitative adjustments are related to industry concentrations and geographical market. Our agricultural, consumer, and other portfolios are less significant in terms of size and risk is assessed based on
the smaller dollar size of these loans and the more geographical areas where the collateral is located.
Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the
assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company
does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
65
Table Of Contents
Other Real Estate Owned – Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are
subsequently accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition
are expensed.
Premises and Equipment – Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with
useful lives ranging from 5 to 33 years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line or accelerated method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years.
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock – The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may
invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment. Because this stock is viewed as long term investment, impairment is based
on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
Intangible Assets – Intangible assets with definite useful lives are included with other assets and amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Other intangible assets consist of
core deposit intangible assets arising from whole bank and branch acquisitions. They are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated or straight-line basis over their estimated useful
lives, which range from 7 to 10 years.
Bank Owned Life Insurance – The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance
contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.
Long-Term Assets – Premises and equipment, other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future
undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Repurchase Agreements – Substantially all repurchase agreement liabilities represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are pledged to cover these liabilities, which are not covered by federal
deposit insurance.
Benefit Plans – Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions. Deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan expense allocates the benefits over years of
service.
Stock-Based Compensation – Compensation cost is recognized for unvested stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The market price of the Corporation’s
common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting,
compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
Income Taxes – Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax
amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the
amount expected to be realized.
A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is
the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes
interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments – Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to
meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are
funded.
Comprehensive Loss – Comprehensive loss consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive loss. Other comprehensive loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are
also recognized as a separate component of equity.
66
Table Of Contents
Preferred Shares – In December 2014, we completed a non-cash equity exchange transaction with the accredited investors who acquired all of our issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares from UST in
a public auction. We acquired and cancelled all of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, the accrued dividends thereon, all of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Shares, and warrants to
purchase 798,915 shares of common stock together having an aggregate book value of approximately $45.7 million. In exchange, we issued common and preferred shares having a fair value of approximately $9.6
million. The effect of this exchange transaction was to increase common stockholders’ equity by approximately $36.1 million, and total stockholders’ equity by $7.4 million.
In the exchange transaction, we issued 1,821,428 common shares, 40,536 mandatorily convertible Series B Preferred Shares and 64,580 mandatorily convertible Series D Preferred Shares, which automatically
converted into 4,053,600 common shares and 6,458,000 non-voting common shares after shareholder approval on February 25, 2015. We also issued 6,198 Series E Preferred Shares and 4,304 Series F Preferred
Shares, both of which series are not convertible into common shares, have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and are entitled to a 2% noncumulative annual dividend if and when declared. Series E and
Series F Preferred Shares rank senior to, and have liquidation and dividend preferences over, our common shares and non-voting common shares.
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share – Basic earnings (loss) per common share are net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share include the dilutive effect, if any, of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options and warrants. Earnings (loss) and dividends per
share are restated for all stock splits and dividends through the date of issue of the financial statements.
Earnings (Loss) Allocated to Participating Securities – Our issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Shares was automatically convertible into common stock at such time as the holder together with its
affiliates beneficially owned less than 9.9% of the then outstanding common shares of the company. Our Series B and Series D mandatorily convertible preferred shares converted to common and nonvoting
common shares after shareholder approval on February 25, 2015. We also have issued and outstanding unvested common shares to employees and directors through our stock incentive plan. Earnings (loss) are
allocated to these participating securities based on their percentage of total issued and outstanding shares.
Loss Contingencies – Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of
loss can be reasonably estimated. (See Note 24 for more specific disclosure.)
Dividend Restriction – Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to shareholders. (See Note 17 for more
specific disclosure.)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could
significantly affect the estimates. (See Note 19 for more specific disclosure.)
Reclassifications – Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications had no effect on prior year net loss or stockholders’ equity.
Adoption of New Accounting Standards – In January 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification
of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to
have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon
completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar
legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in
consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU were
effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
67
Table Of Contents
In May 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The ASU creates a new topic, Topic 606, to provide guidance on revenue recognition for
entities that enter into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enter into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additional
disclosures are required to provide quantitative and qualitative information regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new
guidance is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. Management is currently
evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on the Company’s financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite
Service Period) impacting FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. Generally, an award with a performance target also requires an employee to render service until the performance target is achieved. In some
cases, however, the terms of an award may provide that the performance target could be achieved after an employee completes the requisite service period. The amendments in this update require that a
performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. An entity should apply guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with
performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be
recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period for which the service has already been
rendered. The amendments in this update became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
In August 2014, the FASB amended existing guidance related to the disclosures about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. These amendments are intended to define management’s responsibility to
evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. These amendments provide guidance to an organization’s
management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations in the financial statement footnotes. The
amendments are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted for annual or interim
reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. The effect of adopting this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial
condition.
In August 2014, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2014-14, Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure) impacting FASB ASC 310-40, Receivables – Troubled Debt
Restructuring by Creditors. This update affects creditors that hold government-guaranteed mortgage loans. The amendments in this update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other
receivable be recognized if the following conditions are met: (1) The loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure. (2) At the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the
intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under the claim. (3) At the time of foreclosure, the claim that is determined
on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered
from the guarantor. The amendments in this update became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, Interest – Imputation of Interest, which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. Under the ASU, an
entity presents such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs is reported as interest expense. Subsequent to the issuance of
ASU 2015-03, the SEC staff made an announcement regarding the presentation of debt issuance costs associated with line-of-credit arrangements, which was codified in August 2015 when FASB issued ASU
2015-15. This guidance allows an entity to present debt issuance costs as an asset and amortize the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there
are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The SEC guidance is effective upon adoption of ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 is not expected to have a significant impact on Company’s operations or financial statements.
68
Table Of Contents
In January 2016, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities). The amendments
in this update impact public business entities as follows: 1) Require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be
measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. 2) Simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative
assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment at fair value. 3) Eliminate the requirement to disclose the
methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet. 4) Require entities to use the exit price
notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. 5) Require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in fair value of a
liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. 6) Require
separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to
the financial statements. 7) Clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax
assets. The amendments in this update become effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting
the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements, but it is not expected to have a material impact.
NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND FUTURE PLANS
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business for the
foreseeable future. However, the events and circumstances described in this discussion create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported a net loss of $3.2 million compared with net loss of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and a net loss of $1.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. After deductions for dividends and accretion on Preferred Shares, allocating losses to participating securities, and the effect of the exchange of Preferred Shares for Common Shares, net loss
attributable to common shareholders was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with net income attributable to common shareholders of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2014, and a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.
The net loss for 2015 was primarily attributable to OREO expense of $12.3 million resulting from fair value write-downs for reductions in listing prices for certain properties, updated appraisals, and certain
properties liquidated through auctions, as well as ongoing operating expense. We also recorded a negative provision for loan losses of $4.5 million for the year ended 2015. The negative provision expense was
primarily driven by declining historical loss rates, improvements in asset quality, and management’s assessment of risk within the portfolio. Substandard loans decreased by $55.1 million or 60.2% during 2015.
Net charge-offs were 2.8 million for 2015 compared to $15.9 million for 2014. Nonaccrual loans decreased $33.1 million or 70.1% during 2015 to $14.1 million. Non-performing loans were 2.28% of total loans
and non-performing assets were 3.51% of total assets, at December 31, 2015 compared to 7.57% and 9.19%, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Despite the substantial reductions in non-performing assets during
the year, the Bank’s level of non-performing assets remains elevated.
Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2011, we have been deferring interest payable on the junior subordinated debentures held by our trust subsidiaries, requiring our trust subsidiaries to defer distributions on our
trust preferred securities held by investors. If we defer distributions on our trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarters, we must pay all deferred distributions in full or we will be in default. Our deferral
period expires at the end of the third quarter of 2016. Deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities, which totaled $2.5 million as of December 31, 2015, are cumulative, and unpaid distributions accrue
and compound on each subsequent payment date. If as a result of a default we become subject to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the trust preferred securities will be entitled to receive the
liquidation amounts to which they are entitled, including all accrued and unpaid distributions, before any distribution can be made to our shareholders. In addition, the holders of our Series E and Series F
preferred stock will be entitled to receive liquidation distributions totaling $10.5 million before any distribution can be made to the holders of our common shares.
We continue to be involved in various legal proceedings. We dispute the material factual allegations made against us, and after conferring with our legal advisors, we believe we have meritorious grounds on
which to prevail. If we do not prevail, the ultimate outcome of any one of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. These matters are more
fully described in Note 24 – “Contingencies”.
69
Table Of Contents
Our Consent Order with the FDIC and KDFI requires the Bank to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier
1 leverage ratio and total risk based capital ratio were 6.08% and 10.58%, respectively, both less than the minimum capital ratios required by the Consent Order. If the Bank should be unable to reach the required
capital levels, and if directed in writing by the FDIC, the Consent Order requires the Bank to develop, adopt and implement a written plan to sell or merge itself into another federally insured financial institution
or otherwise obtain a capital investment into the Bank sufficient to recapitalize the Bank. The Bank has not been directed by the FDIC to implement such a plan.
In order to meet the 9.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio and 12.0% total risk based capital ratio requirements of the Consent Order, the Board of Directors and management are continuing to evaluate and implement
strategies to achieve the following objectives:
●
Increasing capital through the limited issuance of common stock to new and existing shareholders.
● Continuing to operate the Company and Bank in a safe and sound manner. We have reduced our lending concentrations and the size of our balance sheet while continuing to remediate non-performing
loans.
●
Executing on the sale of OREO and reinvestment in quality income producing assets.
● Continuing to improve our internal processes and procedures, distribution of labor, and work-flow to ensure we have adequately and appropriately deployed resources in an efficient manner in the current
environment.
Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet the terms of a consent order. Based on individual circumstances, the agencies may issue mandatory directives, impose monetary
penalties, initiate changes in management, or take more serious adverse actions such as directing a bank to seek a buyer or taking a bank into receivership.
The Consent Order requires the Bank to obtain the written consent of both agencies before declaring or paying any future dividends to the Company, which are its principal source of revenue. Since the Bank is
unlikely to be in a position to pay dividends to the Company until the Consent Order is satisfied and the Bank returns to profitability, cash inflows for the Company are limited to the issuance of new debt or the
issuance of capital securities. As of December 31, 2015, we could issue approximately 5 million common shares while still preserving the value of our net operating losses (“NOLs”) under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s liquid assets were $1.0 million at December 31, 2015. Ongoing operating expenses of the Company are forecast at approximately $1.0 million for the next twelve months.
Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
NOTE 3 – SECURITIES
The fair value of available for sale and held to maturity securities and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
December 31, 2015
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agency
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate bonds
Total available for sale
Held to maturity
State and municipal
Total held to maturity
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(in thousands)
Fair Value
$
$
33,491
102,135
6,555
2,321
144,502
$
$
146
907
306
—
1,359
$
$
(375) $
(380)
—
(128)
(883) $
33,262
102,662
6,861
2,193
144,978
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrecognized
Gains
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
Fair Value
42,075
42,075
$
$
2,178
2,178
$
$
—
—
$
$
44,253
44,253
$
$
70
Table Of Contents
December 31, 2014
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agency
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate bonds
Other debt securities
Total available for sale
Held to maturity
State and municipal
Total held to maturity
Sales and calls of available for sale securities were as follows:
Proceeds
Gross gains
Gross losses
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(in thousands)
Fair Value
$
$
35,725
121,985
11,690
18,087
572
188,059
$
$
308
1,970
722
853
86
3,939
$
$
(590) $
(357)
(8)
(252)
—
(1,207) $
35,443
123,598
12,404
18,688
658
190,791
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrecognized
Gains
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
Fair Value
$
$
42,325
42,325
$
$
2,173
2,173
$
$
—
—
$
$
44,498
44,498
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$
$
45,012
1,902
136
$
6,251
132
—
8,061
873
150
The tax provision related to these net gains and losses realized on sales were $618,000, $46,000, and $253,000, respectively.
The amortized cost and fair value of our debt securities are shown by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from actual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, mortgage-backed, are shown separately.
Maturity
Available for sale
Within one year
One to five years
Five to ten years
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
Total
Held to maturity
One to five years
Five to ten years
Beyond ten years
Total
December 31, 2015
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
(in thousands)
$
$
$
$
6,113
8,211
28,043
102,135
144,502
16,579
21,938
3,558
42,075
$
$
$
$
6,053
8,512
27,751
102,662
144,978
17,237
23,222
3,794
44,253
Securities pledged at year-end 2015 and 2014 had carrying values of approximately $68.0 million and $80.8 million, respectively, and were pledged to secure public deposits and repurchase agreements.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we held securities issued by the Commonwealth of Kentucky or municipalities in the Commonwealth of Kentucky having a book value of $17.7 million and $19.1 million,
respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, we held securities issued by the State of Texas or municipalities in the state of Texas having a book value of $4.3 million and $4.4 million,
respectively. At year-end 2015 and 2014, there were no other holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.
71
Table Of Contents
Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2015 and 2014, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:
Description of Securities
2015
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agency
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
Corporate bonds
Total temporarily impaired
Description of Securities
2014
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agency
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate bonds
Total temporarily impaired
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
(in thousands)
$
$
$
$
7,058
36,325
747
44,130
$
$
(44) $
(271)
(18)
(333) $
14,527
3,856
1,446
19,829
$
$
(331) $
(109)
(110)
(550) $
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
21,585
40,181
2,193
63,959
$
$
Total
(375)
(380)
(128)
(883)
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
7,778
6,960
569
4,884
20,191
$
$
(60) $
(12)
(8)
(119)
(199) $
(in thousands)
18,681
17,938
—
1,660
38,279
$
$
(530) $
(345)
—
(133)
(1,008) $
26,459
24,898
569
6,544
58,470
$
$
(590)
(357)
(8)
(252)
(1,207)
There were no held to maturity securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 or 2014.
The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the
length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, underlying credit quality of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the
Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the
securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, the sector or industry trends and cycles affecting the issuer, and the results of reviews of
the issuer’s financial condition. As of December 31, 2015, management does not believe any securities in our portfolio with unrealized losses should be classified as other than temporarily impaired at this time.
Management currently intends to hold all securities with unrealized losses until recovery, which for fixed income securities may be at maturity.
72
Table Of Contents
NOTE 4 – LOANS
Loans at year-end by class were as follows:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
Less: Allowance for loan losses
Loans, net
2015
2014
$
(in thousands)
86,176
$
33,154
76,412
140,570
44,131
201,478
10,010
26,316
419
618,666
(12,041)
606,625
$
$
60,936
33,173
77,419
175,452
41,891
197,278
11,347
26,966
537
624,999
(19,364)
605,635
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2015:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
Consumer
(in thousands)
Agriculture
Other
Total
Beginning balance
Negative provision for loan losses
Loans charged off
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
$
2,046
(1,255)
(696)
723
818
$
$
10,931
(2,713)
(2,879)
1,654
6,993
$
$
5,787
(316)
(2,171)
684
3,984
$
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2014:
$
274
(115)
(221)
184
122
$
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
Beginning balance
Provision for loan losses
Loans charged off
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
$
3,221
(690)
(1,099)
614
2,046
$
$
16,414
6,395
(13,846)
1,968
10,931
$
$
7,762
1,364
(4,097)
758
5,787
$
Consumer
(in thousands)
416
25
(335)
168
274
$
$
$
319
(87)
(118 )
8
122
$
$
7
(14)
(47)
56
2
$
19,364
(4,500)
(6,132)
3,309
12,041
Agriculture
Other
Total
$
305
31
(30)
13
319
$
$
6
(25)
(19)
45
7
$
28,124
7,100
(19,426)
3,566
19,364
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2013:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
Consumer
(in thousands)
Agriculture
Other
Total
Beginning balance
Provision for loan losses
Loans charged off
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
$
4,402
435
(2,828)
1,212
3,221
$
$
16,235
(1,261)
(7,703)
491
7,762
$
$
34,768
1,691
(21,176)
1,131
16,414
$
73
$
857
66
(773)
266
416
$
$
403
(222)
(128)
252
305
$
$
15
(9)
–
–
6
$
56,680
700
(32,608)
3,352
28,124
Table Of Contents
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on the impairment method as of December 31, 2015:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
Consumer
(in thousands)
Agriculture
Other
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Total ending allowance balance
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
Total ending loans balance
$
$
$
$
–
818
818
$
$
43
6,950
6,993
$
$
385
3,599
3,984
$
$
–
122
122
$
$
–
122
122
$
$
1,112
85,064
86,176
$
$
12,819
237,317
250,136
$
$
17,673
227,936
245,609
$
$
20
9,990
10,010
$
$
152
26,164
26,316
$
$
–
2
2
$
$
–
419
419
$
$
428
11,613
12,041
31,776
586,890
618,666
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on the impairment method as of December 31, 2014:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real Estate
Consumer
(in thousands)
Agriculture
Other
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Total ending allowance balance
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
Total ending loans balance
$
$
$
$
33
2,013
2,046
$
$
491
10,440
10,931
$
$
227
5,560
5,787
$
$
1
273
274
$
$
–
319
319
$
$
2,022
58,914
60,936
$
$
48,141
237,903
286,044
$
$
21,384
217,785
239,169
$
$
61
11,286
11,347
$
$
263
26,703
26,966
$
$
–
7
7
$
$
122
415
537
$
$
752
18,612
19,364
71,993
553,006
624,999
74
Table Of Contents
Impaired Loans
Impaired loans include restructured loans and loans on nonaccrual or classified as doubtful, whereby collection of the total amount is improbable, or loss, whereby all or a portion of the loan has been written off
or a specific allowance for loss had been provided.
The following table presents information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loan as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015:
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
With An Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
Total
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Allowance
For Loan
Losses
Allocated
(in thousands)
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Cash
Basis
Income
Recognized
$
1,558
$
1,112
$
—
$
1,526
$
5
$
278
6,004
11,256
32
14,066
118
260
—
33,572
—
—
—
574
4,195
1,690
—
—
—
6,459
40,031
$
262
4,263
7,829
32
11,756
20
152
—
25,426
—
—
—
465
4,195
1,690
—
—
—
6,350
31,776
75
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
43
57
328
—
—
—
428
428
$
1,993
4,497
16,073
35
13,584
23
206
49
37,986
13
—
63
4,591
4,229
1,705
8
—
—
10,609
48,595
$
14
114
263
—
456
—
—
5
857
—
—
—
25
204
89
—
—
—
318
1,175
$
5
1
114
9
—
99
—
—
5
233
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
233
Table Of Contents
The following table presents information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loan as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014:
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
With An Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
Total
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Allowance
For Loan
Losses
Allocated
(in thousands)
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Cash
Basis
Income
Recognized
$
2,546
$
1,978
$
—
$
2,256
$
64
$
4,714
6,636
34,437
81
18,496
93
276
367
67,646
145
—
658
19,454
4,266
1,791
32
—
—
26,346
93,992
$
4,100
4,739
22,418
81
15,266
29
263
122
48,996
44
—
315
16,569
4,266
1,771
32
—
—
22,997
71,993
76
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
33
—
38
453
91
136
1
—
—
752
752
$
5,446
6,150
39,852
1,664
22,670
14
277
255
78,584
961
589
112
13,933
4,426
1,840
49
—
—
21,910
100,494
$
12
75
693
—
676
—
3
16
1,539
23
16
—
360
180
78
3
—
—
660
2,199
$
55
—
75
128
—
226
—
3
13
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
Table Of Contents
The following table presents information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loan as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013:
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
With An Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
Total
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Allowance
For Loan
Losses
Allocated
(in thousands)
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Cash
Basis
Income
Recognized
$
3,569
$
2,623
$
—
$
3,829
$
81
$
9,022
9,977
75,331
9,332
39,929
9
401
875
148,445
2,372
1,525
246
20,748
4,995
2,224
84
—
—
32,194
180,639
$
8,042
7,890
57,397
7,514
34,779
9
322
631
119,207
2,372
1,260
246
19,495
4,995
2,224
84
—
—
30,676
149,883
77
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
290
218
65
2,062
393
434
9
—
—
3,471
3,471
$
15,511
8,614
43,419
6,475
31,066
33
213
236
109,396
1,698
5,129
1,224
36,031
7,187
8,222
122
2
313
59,928
169,324
$
232
270
851
7
495
1
—
19
1,956
48
20
35
840
204
177
2
—
9
1,335
3,291
$
30
164
268
366
3
116
—
—
11
958
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
958
Table Of Contents
Troubled Debt Restructuring
A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) is where the Bank has agreed to a loan modification in the form of a concession for a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty. The majority of the Bank’s TDRs
involve a reduction in interest rate, a deferral of principal for a stated period of time, or an interest only period. All TDRs are considered impaired and the Bank has allocated reserves for these loans to reflect the
present value of the concessionary terms granted to the customer.
The following table presents the types of TDR loan modifications by portfolio segment outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, 2015
Commercial
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Rate reduction
Farmland
Principal deferral
Nonfarm nonresidential
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
Rate reduction
1-4 Family
Rate reduction
Total TDRs
December 31, 2014
Commercial
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Rate reduction
Farmland
Principal deferral
Nonfarm nonresidential
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
Rate reduction
1-4 Family
Rate reduction
Consumer
Rate reduction
Total TDRs
TDRs
Performing to
Modified Terms
TDRs Not
Performing to
Modified Terms
(in thousands)
Total
TDRs
$
$
—
—
$
68
439
262
—
5,637
—
4,195
—
2,365
50
622
—
$
$
7,346
17,440
$
—
3,544
$
$
14
—
$
—
869
268
—
8,622
671
4,266
8,112
3,379
2,365
13,894
—
—
—
$
32
21,985
$
—
20,507
$
68
439
262
2,365
5,687
622
4,195
7,346
20,984
14
869
3,647
2,365
22,516
671
4,266
8,112
32
42,492
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, 83% and 52%, respectively, of the Company’s TDRs were performing according to their modified terms. The Company allocated $179,000 and $579,000 as of December 31,
2015 and 2014, respectively, in reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in TDRs. The Company has committed to lend no additional amounts to customers as of December 31, 2015 or 2014
with outstanding loans that are classified as TDRs.
78
Table Of Contents
Management periodically reviews renewals/modifications of previously identified TDRs, for which there was no principal forgiveness, to consider if it is appropriate to remove the TDR classification. If the
borrower is no longer experiencing financial difficulty and the renewal/modification did not contain a concessionary interest rate or other concessionary terms, management considers the potential removal of the
TDR classification. If deemed appropriate, the TDR classification is removed as the borrower has complied with the terms of the loan at the date of renewal/modification and there was a reasonable expectation
that the borrower would continue to comply with the terms of the loan subsequent to the date of the renewal/modification. In this instance, the TDR was originally considered a restructuring in a prior year as a
result of a modification with an interest rate that was not commensurate with the risk of the underlying loan. Additionally, TDR classification can be removed in circumstances in which the Company performs a
non-concessionary re-modification of the loan at terms that were considered to be at market for loans with comparable risk. Management expects the borrower will continue to perform under the re-modified terms
based on the borrower’s past history of performance.
No TDR loan modifications occurred during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.
Non-performing Loans
Non-performing loans include impaired loans and smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage and consumer loans, that are collectively evaluated for impairment.
The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due 90 days and still on accrual by class of loan as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans Past
Due 90 Days
And Over Still
Accruing
2015
2014
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$
1,112
$
1,978
$
—
$
—
4,263
2,657
32
5,851
20
152
—
14,087
$
3,831
5,054
26,892
80
8,925
30
263
122
47,175
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
—
—
—
—
—
151
—
—
—
151
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, 2015
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
30 – 59
Days
Past Due
60 – 89
Days
Past Due
90 Days
And Over
Past Due
(in thousands)
Total
Past Due
And
Nonaccrual
Nonaccrual
$
78
$
—
$
—
$
1,112
$
—
456
326
—
2,225
41
7
—
3,133
79
$
$
—
—
—
—
241
—
—
—
241
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
—
4,263
2,657
32
5,851
20
152
—
14,087
$
1,190
—
4,719
2,983
32
8,317
61
159
—
17,461
Table Of Contents
December 31, 2014
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
Credit Quality Indicators
30 – 59
Days
Past Due
60 – 89
Days
Past Due
90 Days
And Over
Past Due
(in thousands)
Total
Past Due
And
Nonaccrual
Nonaccrual
$
86
$
—
$
—
$
1,978
$
—
400
241
—
3,124
109
—
—
3,960
$
—
14
318
—
601
47
—
—
980
$
—
—
—
—
151
—
—
—
151
$
3,831
5,054
26,892
80
8,925
30
263
122
47,175
$
$
2,064
3,831
5,468
27,451
80
12,801
186
263
122
52,266
We categorize all loans into risk categories at origination based upon original underwriting. Thereafter, we categorize loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to
service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends. Additionally, loans are analyzed continuously
through our internal and external loan review processes. Borrower relationships in excess of $500,000 are routinely analyzed through our credit administration processes which classify the loans as to credit risk.
The following definitions are used for risk ratings:
Watch – Loans classified as watch are those loans which have or may experience a potentially adverse development which necessitates increased monitoring.
Special Mention – Loans classified as special mention do not have all of the characteristics of substandard or doubtful loans. They have one or more deficiencies which warrant special attention and which
corrective action, such as accelerated collection practices, may remedy.
Substandard – Loans classified as substandard are those loans with clear and defined weaknesses such as a highly leveraged position, unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial
condition which may jeopardize the repayment of the debt as contractually agreed. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some losses if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful – Loans classified as doubtful are those loans which have characteristics similar to substandard loans but with an increased risk that collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and
improbable.
80
Table Of Contents
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be “Pass” rated loans. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and based on the most recent
analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:
December 31, 2015
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
December 31, 2014
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
NOTE 5 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Year-end premises and equipment were as follows:
Land and buildings
Furniture and equipment
Accumulated depreciation
Pass
Watch
Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
(in thousands)
$
81,570
$
2,953
$
—
$
1,653
$
—
$
86,176
27,603
65,476
111,901
35,300
164,490
9,323
21,402
419
517,484
$
5,289
4,844
22,687
4,879
17,636
474
4,601
—
63,363
$
—
—
1,328
—
67
—
—
—
1,395
$
262
6,092
4,654
3,952
19,285
213
313
—
36,424
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
33,154
76,412
140,570
44,131
201,478
10,010
26,316
419
618,666
Pass
Watch
Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
(in thousands)
$
49,440
$
5,063
$
—
$
6,433
$
—
$
60,936
25,266
61,672
111,426
31,526
145,450
10,115
25,816
415
461,126
$
2,990
7,922
21,017
6,039
23,928
537
704
—
68,200
$
—
—
3,747
—
131
311
—
—
4,189
$
4,917
7,825
39,262
4,326
27,769
384
446
122
91,484
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$
$
$
24,651
10,719
35,370
(16,558)
18,812
$
33,173
77,419
175,452
41,891
197,278
11,347
26,966
537
624,999
24,711
10,314
35,025
(15,518)
19,507
Depreciation expense was $1,023,000, $940,000 and $1,043,000 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
81
Table Of Contents
NOTE 6 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Other real estate owned (OREO) is real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure. It is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When property is acquired as a
result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses.
Costs incurred in order to perfect the lien prior to foreclosure may be capitalized if the fair value less the cost to sell exceeds the balance of the loan at the time of transfer to OREO. Examples of eligible costs to
be capitalized are payments of delinquent property taxes to clear tax liens or payments to contractors and subcontractors to clear mechanics’ liens.
Fair value of OREO is determined on an individual property basis. To determine the fair value of OREO for smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors,
investors, and appraisers. If the internally evaluated market price is below our underlying investment in the property, appropriate write-downs are taken. For larger dollar residential and commercial real estate
properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property or have staff from our special assets group or in our centralized appraisal department evaluate the latest in-file appraisal in connection with the transfer
to OREO. We typically obtain updated appraisals within five quarters of the anniversary date of ownership unless a sale is imminent. Subsequent reductions in fair value are recorded as non-interest expense
when a new appraisal indicates a decline in value or in cases where a listing price is lowered below the appraised amount.
The following table presents the major categories of OREO at the period-ends indicated:
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction, land development, and other land
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Valuation allowance
Activity relating to the other real estate owned valuation allowance during the years indicated is as follows:
Beginning balance
Provision to allowance
Write-downs
Ending balance
$
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$
$
$
12,749
—
6,967
—
128
19,844
(630)
19,214
$
18,748
669
14,860
4,988
7,998
47,263
(1,066)
46,197
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
1,066
9,855
(10,291)
630
$
$
230
4,255
(3,419)
1,066
$
$
1,154
2,466
(3,390)
230
Residential loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties in the process of foreclosure totaled $934,000 and $3.6 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Activity relating to other real estate owned during the years indicated is as follows:
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
OREO Activity
OREO as of January 1
Real estate acquired
Valuation adjustments for declining market values
Net gain (loss) on sale
Proceeds from sale of properties
OREO as of December 31
$
$
82
$
46,197
5,513
(9,855)
(74)
(22,567)
19,214
$
$
30,892
32,338
(4,255)
306
(13,084)
46,197
$
43,671
20,606
(2,466)
(132)
(30,787)
30,892
Table Of Contents
OREO rental income totaled $1.3 million, $256,000, and $399,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Expenses related to other real estate owned include:
Net (gain) loss on sales
Provision to allowance
Operating expense
Total
NOTE 7 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Acquired intangible assets were as follows as of year-end:
Amortized intangible assets:
Core deposit intangibles
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$
$
74
9,855
2,373
12,302
$
$
(306) $
4,255
1,890
5,839
$
132
2,466
1,918
4,516
2015
2014
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
(in thousands)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
$
4,183
$
3,740
$
4,183
$
3,405
Aggregate amortization expense was $335,000, $397,000 and $428,000 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS
The following table shows deposits by category:
Non-interest bearing
Interest checking
Money market
Savings
Certificates of deposit
Total
Time deposits of $250,000 or more were approximately $28.4 million and $34.4 million at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Scheduled maturities of total time deposits for each of the next five years are as follows (in thousands):
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
83
$
334
109
—
—
—
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
120,043
97,515
125,935
34,677
499,827
877,997
$
$
114,910
91,086
109,734
36,430
574,681
926,841
Total
306,987
112,344
10,835
31,108
38,553
—
499,827
$
$
$
$
Table Of Contents
NOTE 9 – SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements that mature within two years. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the Company. Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase are secured by agency, mortgage-backed, and municipal securities. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
Balance at year-end
Average daily balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Weighted average interest rate at year-end
Fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at year-end
NOTE 10 – ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK
At year-end, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank were as follows:
$
$
$
$
—
587
0.14%
1,341
$
$
$
—%
—
$
$
$
$
1,341
2,255
0.15%
3,473
0.14%
1,341
$
2,470
3,113
0.20%
4,747
0.17%
2,470
Monthly amortizing advances with fixed rates from 0.00% to 5.25% and maturities ranging from 2017 through 2033, averaging 2.65% for 2015 and
1.02% for 2014
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
3,081
$
15,752
Each advance is payable per terms on agreement, with a prepayment penalty. No prepayment penalties were incurred during 2015 or 2014. The advances were collateralized by approximately $128.8 million and
$131.5 million of first mortgage loans, under a blanket lien arrangement at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our borrowing capacity is based on the market value of the underlying pledged loans rather than
the unpaid principal balance of the pledged loans. The availability of our borrowing capacity could be affected by our financial position and the FHLB could require additional collateral or, among other things,
exercise its rights to deny a funding request, at its discretion. Additionally, any new advances are limited to a one year maturity or less. At December 31, 2015, our additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB
was $26.4 million.
Scheduled principal payments on the above during the next five years and thereafter (in thousands):
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
Advances
670
539
265
185
486
936
3,081
$
$
At year-end 2015, the Company had a $5.0 million federal funds line of credit available on a secured basis from a correspondent institution; however, the availability of this line could be affected by our financial
position.
84
Table Of Contents
NOTE 11 – SUBORDINATED CAPITAL NOTE
The outstanding principal amount of the subordinated capital note issued by the Bank totaled $4.1 million at December 31, 2015. The note is unsecured, bears interest at the BBA three-month LIBOR floating rate
plus 300 basis points, and qualifies as Tier 2 capital until five years before maturity on July 1, 2020. During this five-year period, one-fifth of principal amount of the subordinated note is excluded from Tier 2
capital each year and until fully excluded from Tier 2 capital during the year before maturity. Principal payments of $225,000 plus interest are due quarterly. Scheduled principal payments of $900,000 per year
are due each of the next four years with $450,000 due thereafter. The interest rate on this note was 3.28% and 3.24% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 12 – JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The junior subordinated debentures are redeemable at par prior to maturity at the option of the Company as defined within the trust indenture. The Company has the option to defer interest payments on the junior
subordinated debentures from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. If payments are deferred, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends on its preferred and common shares.
Effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring interest payments on the junior subordinated notes which resulted in a deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities. Our deferral period
expires in the third quarter of 2016. Therefore, future cash dividends on our common stock are subject to the prior payment of all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities. Dividends accrued and
unpaid on our junior subordinated debentures totaled $2.5 million at December 31, 2015.
On September 30, 2015, we completed a common equity for debt exchange with holders of $4.0 million of the capital securities (the “Trust Securities”) of Porter Statutory Trust IV, a trust subsidiary of the
Company. Accrued and unpaid interest on the Trust Securities totaled of approximately $330,000. In exchange for the $4.3 million debt and interest liability, the Company issued 800,000 common shares and
400,000 non-voting common shares, for a total of 1.2 million shares. In the transaction, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company received a one-third portion of the Trust Securities directly from an unrelated
third party in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares resulting in an $883,000 gain on extinguishment of debt. The $883,000 gain was determined based upon the difference in the $560,000 fair
value of the common shares issued and the $1.4 million book value of the debt securities and accrued interest thereon tendered to the Company by the unrelated third party on the date of closing. The fair value of
the shares issued to the unrelated third party was computed by multiplying the 400,000 shares issued by $1.40 per share, which was the NASDAQ closing price of the Company’s common stock on September 30,
2015. The subsidiary also received two-thirds of the Trust Securities having a book value of $2.9 million from related parties in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares and 400,000 non-voting
common shares. In accordance with ASC 470-50-40-2 and SEC Guidance 405-20-40-1.J, the debt and interest liability exchanged with related parties was treated as a capital transaction.
A summary of the junior subordinated debentures is as follows:
Description
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
Ascencia Statutory Trust I
Issuance
Date
2/13/2004
4/15/2004
12/14/2006
2/13/2004
Interest Rate (1)
3-month LIBOR + 2.85%
3-month LIBOR + 2.79%
3-month LIBOR + 1.67%
3-month LIBOR + 2.85%
$
$
Junior
Subordinated
Debt Owed
To Trust
5,000,000
3,000,000
10,000,000
3,000,000
21,000,000
End of 20
Quarter
Deferral
Period
9/19/2016
9/18/2016
9/01/2016
9/19/2016
Maturity
Date (2)
2/13/2034
4/15/2034
3/01/2037
2/13/2034
(1) As of December 31, 2015, the 3-month LIBOR was 0.61%.
(2)
The debentures are callable at our option at their principal amount plus accrued interest.
NOTE 13 – OTHER BENEFIT PLANS
401(k) Plan – The Company 401(k) Savings Plan allows employees to contribute up to the annual limits as determined by the Internal Revenue Service, which is matched equal to 50% of the first 4% of
compensation contributed. The Company, at its discretion, may make an additional contribution. Total contributions made by the Company to the plan totaled approximately $160,000, $187,000 and $195,000 in
2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – The Company has created a supplemental executive retirement plan covering certain executive officers. Under the plan, the Company pays each participant, or their
beneficiary, a specific defined benefit amount over 10 years, beginning with the individual’s retirement or early termination of service for reasons other than cause. A liability is accrued for the obligation under
these plans. The expense incurred for the plan was $121,000, $122,000 and $87,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The related liability was $1,335,000, $1,341,000 and
$1,348,000 at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on the balance sheets.
85
Table Of Contents
The Company purchased life insurance on the participants of the plan. The cash surrender value of all insurance policies was $9,441,000 and $9,167,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Income
earned from the cash surrender value of life insurance totaled $295,000, $276,000 and $534,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The income is recorded as other non-interest
income.
NOTE 14 – INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
Current
Deferred
Net operating loss
Change in valuation allowance
$
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$
—
5,258
(5,975)
717
—
$
$
—
2,151
(6,651)
2,917
(1,583) $
Effective tax rates differ from federal statutory rate of 35% applied to income (loss) before income taxes due to the following:
—
9,489
(10,430)
941
—
2013
Federal statutory rate times financial statement income (loss)
Effect of:
Valuation allowance
Tax-exempt income
Nontaxable life insurance income
Other, net
Total
Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carry-forward
Allowance for loan losses
Other real estate owned write-down
Alternative minimum tax credit carry-forward
Net assets from acquisitions
Net unrealized loss on securities
New market tax credit carry-forward
Nonaccrual loan interest
Other
Deferred tax liabilities:
FHLB stock dividends
Fixed assets
Net unrealized gain on securities
Other
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$
(1,125) $
717
(264)
(103)
775
—
$
$
$
(4,458) $
2,917
(319)
(97)
374
(1,583) $
(555)
941
(324)
(180)
118
—
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$
38,085
4,214
7,619
692
671
166
208
549
1,875
54,079
928
176
—
865
1,969
52,110
(52,110)
32,111
6,777
10,000
692
668
—
208
958
1,761
53,175
928
264
579
756
2,527
50,648
(50,648)
—
$
—
$
Our estimate of the realizability of the deferred tax asset is dependent on our estimate of projected future levels of taxable income. In analyzing future taxable income levels, we considered all evidence currently
available, both positive and negative. Based on our analysis, we established a valuation allowance for all deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011. The valuation allowance remains in effect as of December
31, 2015.
86
Table Of Contents
The calculation for the income tax provision or benefit generally does not consider the tax effects of changes in other comprehensive income, or OCI, which is a component of stockholders’ equity on the balance
sheet. However, an exception is provided in certain circumstances, such as when there is a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets, there is a loss from continuing operations and there is income in
other components of the financial statements. In such a case, pre-tax income from other categories, such as changes in OCI, must be considered in determining a tax benefit to be allocated to the loss from
continuing operations. No tax benefit or expense was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2015 and a tax benefit of $1.6 million was allocated to continuing operations for the year ended December 31,
2014. The December 31, 2014 tax benefit was entirely due to gains in other comprehensive income that are presented in current operations in accordance with applicable accounting standards.
The Company does not have any beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next
twelve months. There were no interest and penalties recorded in the income statement or accrued for 2015 or 2014 related to unrecognized tax benefits.
Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (“Section 382”), the Company’s its net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and other deferred tax assets can generally be used to offset future
taxable income and therefore reduce federal income tax obligations. However, the Company's ability to use its NOLs would be limited if there was an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382. This would
occur if shareholders owning (or deemed to own under the tax rules) 5% or more of the Company's increase their aggregate ownership of the Company by more than 50 percentage points over a defined period of
time.
In 2015, the Company took measures to preserve the value of its NOLs. On June 24, 2015, the Board of Directors adopted a tax benefits preservation plan designed to reduce the likelihood of an “ownership
change” occurring as a result of purchases and sales of the Company's common stock. Upon adoption of plan, the Company declared a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right for each common share
outstanding as of the close of business on July 10, 2015. Any shareholder or group that acquires beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the Company (an “acquiring person”) could be subject to significant
dilution in its holdings if the Company's Board of Directors does not approve such acquisition. Existing shareholders holding 5% or more of the Company will not be considered acquiring persons unless they
acquire additional shares, subject to certain exceptions described in the plan. In addition, the Board of Directors has the discretion to exempt certain transactions and certain persons whose acquisition of securities
is determined by the Board not to jeopardize the Company's deferred tax assets.
The rights will expire upon the earlier of (i) June 29, 2018, (ii) the beginning of a taxable year with respect to which the Board of Directors determines that no tax benefits may be carried forward, (iii) the repeal
or amendment of Section 382 or any successor statute, if the Board of Directors determines that the plan is no longer needed to preserve the tax benefits, and (iv) certain other events as described in the plan.
On September 23, 2015, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to its articles of incorporation to further help protect the long-term value of the Company’s NOLs. The amendment provides a means
to block transfers of our common shares that could result in an ownership change under Section 382. The transfer restrictions will expire on the earlier of (i) September 23, 2018, (ii) the beginning of a taxable
year with respect to which the Board of Directors determines that no tax benefit may be carried forward, (iii) the repeal of Section 382 or any successor statute if our Board determines that the transfer restrictions
are no longer needed to preserve the tax benefits of our NOLs, or (iv) such date as the Board otherwise determines that the transfer restrictions are no longer necessary.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax and the Company is subject to income tax in the state of Kentucky. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities
for years before 2012.
NOTE 15 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
There were no loans to principal officers, directors, significant shareholders, and their affiliates at December 31, 2015 or 2014. Additionally, there was no advance or payment activity during 2015. At December
31, 2015, the Bank had commitments to lend $102,000 to principal officers, directors, significant shareholders and their affiliates.
Deposits from principal officers, directors, significant shareholders, and their affiliates at year-end 2015 and 2014 were $382,000 and $307,000, respectively.
Hogan Development Company assists the Bank in onboarding, managing, and selling the Bank’s OREO. Hogan Development Company is owned by W. Glenn Hogan, a director. Our agreement with Hogan
Development Company is periodically reviewed and evaluated by our Audit Committee. The Bank paid real estate management fees of $175,000 and $221,000 and real estate sales and leasing commissions of
$637,000 and $64,000 to Hogan Development Company in 2015 and 2014, respectively.
87
Table Of Contents
In December 2014, we completed a non-cash equity exchange transaction with the accredited investors who acquired all of our issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares from UST in a public auction. The
investors included W. Glenn Hogan and Michael T. Levy, both directors of the Company, as well as Patriot Financial Partners L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel L.P. (the “Patriot Funds”), funds for
whom a director of the Company, W. Kirk Wycoff, serves as general partner. Mr. Hogan exchanged 5,000 Series A Preferred Shares, and was issued 17,143 mandatorily convertible Series B Preferred Shares, 885
Series E Preferred Shares, and 1,405 Series F Preferred Shares. Mr. Levy exchanged 750 Series A Preferred Shares, and was issued 257,143 common shares, 133 Series E Preferred Shares, and 211 Series F
Preferred Shares. The Patriot Funds exchanged 19,688 Series A Preferred Shares, 317,042 Series C Preferred Shares, and 753,263 warrants to purchase non-voting common shares, and was issued 6,250
mandatorily convertible Series B Preferred Shares, 64,580 mandatorily convertible Series D Preferred Shares, and 3,486 Series E Preferred Shares. After shareholder approval on February 25, 2015, Mr. Hogan’s
17,143 Series B Preferred Shares converted into 1,714,300 common shares and the Patriot Funds’ Series B Preferred Shares converted into 625,000 common shares, and their Series D Preferred Shares converted
into 6,458,000 non-voting common shares.
On September 30, 2015, we completed a common equity for debt exchange with holders of $4.0 million of the capital securities (the “Trust Securities”) of Porter Statutory Trust IV, a trust subsidiary of the
Company. Accrued and unpaid interest on the Trust Securities totaled of approximately $330,000. In exchange for the $4.3 million debt and interest liability, the Company issued 800,000 common shares and
400,000 non-voting common shares, for a total of 1.2 million shares. In the transaction, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company received a one-third portion of the Trust Securities directly from an unrelated
third party in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares resulting in an $883,000 gain on extinguishment of debt. The $883,000 gain was determined based upon the difference in the $560,000 fair
value of the common shares issued and the $1.4 million book value of the debt securities and accrued interest thereon tendered to the Company by the unrelated third party on the date of closing. The fair value of
the shares issued to the unrelated third party was computed by multiplying the 400,000 shares issued by $1.40 per share, which was the NASDAQ closing price of the Company’s common stock on September 30,
2015. The subsidiary also received two-thirds of the Trust Securities having a book value of $2.9 million from related parties in exchange for the issuance of 400,000 common shares and 400,000 non-voting
common shares. In accordance with ASC 470-50-40-2 and SEC Guidance 405-20-40-1.J, the debt and interest liability exchanged with related parties was treated as a capital transaction.
NOTE 16 – PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS
On November 21, 2008, we issued 35,000 Series A Preferred Shares and a warrant to purchase up to 330,561 of our common shares for $15.88 per share to the U.S. Treasury (“UST”) for an aggregate purchase
price of $35.0 million. The warrant is exercisable and has a 10-year term. The Series A Preferred Shares qualified as Tier 1 capital and was entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends quarterly at an annual rate
of 5% for the first five years, and 9% beginning in November 2013. The Series A Preferred Shares was non-voting (except when required by law) and redeemable at $1,000 per share plus accrued unpaid
dividends.
In 2010, we completed a $32.0 million private placement to accredited investors. In the transactions, the Company issued (i) 2,465,569 common shares, (ii) 317,042 Series C preferred shares and (iii) warrants to
purchase 1,163,045 non-voting common shares at a price of $11.50 per share expiring in 2015.
The Series C preferred shares had no voting rights (except when required by law), had a liquidation preference over our common shares, and dividend rights equivalent to our common shares. Each Series C
preferred share would have automatically converted into 1.05 common shares if transferred by the holder in certain transactions in accordance with the policy of the Federal Reserve.
In December 2014, we completed a non-cash equity exchange transaction with the accredited investors who acquired all of our issued and outstanding Series A preferred shares from UST in a public auction. We
acquired and cancelled all of the issued and outstanding Series A preferred shares, the accrued dividends thereon, all of the issued and outstanding Series C preferred shares, and warrants to purchase 798,915
shares of common stock together having an aggregate book value of approximately $45.7 million. In exchange, we issued common and preferred shares having a fair value of approximately $9.6 million. The
effect of this exchange transaction was to increase common stockholders’ equity by approximately $36.1 million, and total stockholders’ equity by $7.4 million.
In the exchange transaction, we issued 1,821,428 common shares, 40,536 mandatorily convertible Series B preferred shares and 64,580 mandatorily convertible Series D preferred shares, which automatically
converted into 4,053,600 common shares and 6,458,000 non-voting common shares after shareholder approval on February 25, 2015. We also issued 6,198 Series E preferred shares and 4,304 Series F preferred
shares, both of which series are not convertible into common shares, have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and are entitled to a 2% noncumulative annual dividend if and when declared. Series E and
Series F preferred shares rank senior to, and have liquidation and dividend preferences over, our common shares and non-voting common shares.
88
Table Of Contents
NOTE 17 – CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS
Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action
regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to
qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action.
The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. Banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Company and Bank on January 1, 2015 with full compliance
with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. The final rules allowed banks and their holding companies with less than $250 billion in assets a
one-time opportunity to opt-out of a requirement to include unrealized gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income in their capital calculation. The Company and the Bank opted out of this
requirement. Capital amounts and ratios for December 31, 2014 are calculated using Basel I rules.
In its Consent Orders with the FDIC and the KDFI, the Bank has agreed to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. The Consent Orders are described
in greater detail in Note 2 – “Going Concern and Future Plans”. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio and total risk based capital ratio were both less than the minimum capital ratios required
by the Consent Order. The Bank cannot be considered well-capitalized while subject to the Consent Order. We are also restricted from accepting, renewing, or rolling-over brokered deposits without the prior
receipt of a waiver on a case-by-case basis from our regulators.
On September 21, 2011, we entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. Pursuant to the Agreement, we made formal commitments to use our financial and management
resources to serve as a source of strength for the Bank and to assist the Bank in addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written approval, to pay no interest
or principal on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without prior written approval, and to submit an acceptable plan to maintain sufficient capital.
The following table shows the ratios and amounts of Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-adjusted assets and the leverage ratios for Porter Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):
Actual
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2015:
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
Bank
$
Total common equity Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-
weighted assets)
Consolidated
Bank
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
Bank
Tier I capital (to average assets)
Consolidated
Bank
68,530
69,250
33,368
57,873
45,174
57,873
45,174
57,873
89
10.46% $
10.58
5.09
8.84
6.89
8.84
4.74
6.08
52,436
52,347
29,495
29,445
39,327
39,260
38,131
38,085
8.00%
8.00
4.50
4.50
6.00
6.00
4.00
4.00
Table Of Contents
As of December 31, 2014:
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
Bank
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
Bank
Tier I capital (to average assets)
Consolidated
Bank
$
Actual
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
73,595
73,174
46,459
59,438
46,459
59,438
10.61% $
10.57
6.70
8.59
4.51
5.78
55,483
55,383
27,741
27,691
41,193
41,143
8.00%
8.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
The Consent Order requires the Bank to achieve the minimum capital ratios presented below:
Actual as of December 31, 2015
Ratio Required by Consent Order
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
Tier I capital to average assets
$
69,250
57,873
10.58% $
6.08
78,521
85,690
12.00%
9.00
At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.08% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 10.58%, which are below the 9% minimum capital ratio and the 12% minimum capital ratio required by
the Consent Order. Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet the terms of a Consent Order. Based on individual circumstances, the agencies may issue mandatory
directives, impose monetary penalties, initiate changes in management, or take more serious adverse actions.
Kentucky banking laws limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to a holding company by its subsidiary banks without prior approval. These laws limit the amount of dividends that may be paid in any
calendar year to current year’s net income, as defined in the laws, combined with the retained net income of the preceding two years, less any dividends declared during those periods. The Bank has agreed with its
primary regulators to obtain their written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends. As a practical matter, the Bank cannot pay dividends to the Company until the Consent Order is satisfied and the
Bank returns to profitability.
NOTE 18 – LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES
Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, lines of credit and letters of credit are issued to meet customer-financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as
long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these
instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.
The Company holds instruments, in the normal course of business, with clients that are considered financial guarantees. Standby letters of credit guarantees are issued in connection with agreements made by
clients to counterparties. Standby letters of credit are contingent upon failure of the client to perform the terms of the underlying contract. The Company evaluates each credit request of its customers in
accordance with established lending policies. Based on these evaluations and the underlying policies, the amount of required collateral (if any) is established. Collateral held varies but may include negotiable
instruments, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, income producing properties, residential real estate, and vehicles. The Company’s access to these collateral items is generally
established through the maintenance of recorded liens or, in the case of negotiable instruments, possession. No liability is currently established for the standby letters of credit.
90
Table Of Contents
The contractual amounts of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at year end were as follows:
Commitments to make loans
Unused lines of credit
Standby letters of credit
Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of one year or less.
NOTE 19 – FAIR VALUES
2015
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate
2014
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate
$
$
2,475
12,212
950
$
(in thousands)
9,763
48,648
1,220
$
11,790
13,075
966
7,843
35,562
1,354
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants on the measurement date. We use various valuation techniques to determine fair value, including market, income and cost approaches. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to
measure fair values:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that an entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date, or observable inputs.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. When that occurs, we classify the fair value hierarchy on the lowest level of input that is significant to
the fair value measurement. We used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value.
Securities: The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges, if available. This valuation method is classified as
Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated on market prices of similar securities, or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical
technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark
quoted securities. Matrix pricing relies on the securities’ relationship to similarly traded securities, benchmark curves, and the benchmarking of like securities. Matrix pricing utilizes observable market
inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data, and industry and economic events. In
instances where broker quotes are used, these quotes are obtained from market makers or broker-dealers recognized to be market participants. This valuation method is classified as Level 2 in the fair
value hierarchy. For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators. This valuation
method is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Discounted cash flows are calculated using spread to swap and LIBOR curves that are updated to incorporate loss severities, volatility, credit
spread and optionality. During times when trading is more liquid, broker quotes are used (if available) to validate the model. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals
on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.
Impaired Loans: An impaired loan is evaluated at the time the loan is identified as impaired and is recorded at fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral
securing the loan and is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value is determined using several methods. Generally, the fair value of real estate is determined based on appraisals by
qualified licensed appraisers. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach.
91
Table Of Contents
Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. These routine adjustments are made to adjust
the value of a specific property relative to comparable properties for variations in qualities such as location, size, and income production capacity relative to the subject property of the appraisal. Such
adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
We routinely apply an internal discount to the value of appraisals used in the fair value evaluation of our impaired loans. The deductions to the appraisal take into account changing business factors and
market conditions, as well as potential value impairment in cases where our appraisal date predates a likely change in market conditions. These deductions range from 10% for routine real estate
collateral to 25% for real estate that is determined (1) to have a thin trading market or (2) to be specialized collateral. This is in addition to estimated discounts for cost to sell of six to ten percent.
We also apply discounts to the expected fair value of collateral for impaired loans where the likely resolution involves litigation or foreclosure. Resolution of this nature generally results in receiving
lower values for real estate collateral in a more aggressive sales environment. We have utilized discounts ranging from 10% to 33% in our impairment evaluations when applicable.
Impaired loans are evaluated quarterly for additional impairment. We obtain updated appraisals on properties securing our loans when circumstances are warranted such as at the time of renewal or when
market conditions have significantly changed. This determination is made on a property-by-property basis in light of circumstances in the broader economic climate and our assessment of deterioration of
real estate values in the market in which the property is located. The first stage of our assessment involves management’s inspection of the property in question. Management also engages in
conversations with local real estate professionals, investors, and market participants to determine the likely marketing time and value range for the property. The second stage involves an assessment of
current trends in the regional market. After thorough consideration of these factors, management will either internally evaluate fair value or order a new appraisal.
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO): OREO is evaluated at the time of acquisition and recorded at fair value as determined by independent appraisal or internal evaluation less cost to sell. Our quarterly
evaluations of OREO for impairment are driven by property type. For smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors, investors, and appraisers.
Based on these consultations, we determine asking prices for OREO properties we are marketing for sale. If the internally evaluated fair value or asking price is below our recorded investment in the
property, appropriate write-downs are taken.
For larger dollar commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property or have staff in our special assets group or centralized appraisal department evaluate the latest in-file
appraisal in connection with the transfer to other real estate owned. In some of these circumstances, an appraisal is in process at quarter end, and we must make our best estimate of the fair value of the
underlying collateral based on our internal evaluation of the property, review of the most recent appraisal, and discussions with the currently engaged appraiser. We generally obtain updated appraisals
within five quarters of the anniversary date of ownership unless a sale is imminent. When an asking price is lowered below the most recent appraised value, appropriate write-downs are taken.
We routinely apply an internal discount to the value of appraisals used in the fair value evaluation of our OREO. The deductions to the appraisal take into account changing business factors and market
conditions, as well as potential value impairment in cases where our appraisal date predates a likely change in market conditions. These deductions range from 10% for routine real estate collateral to
25% for real estate that is determined (1) to have a thin trading market or (2) to be specialized collateral. This is in addition to estimated discounts for cost to sell of six to ten percent.
92
Table Of Contents
Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:
Description
Available for sale securities
U.S. Government and federal agency
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate bonds
Total
Description
Available for sale securities
U.S. Government and federal agency
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
State and municipal
Corporate bonds
Other debt securities
Total
Carrying
Value
33,262
102,662
6,861
2,193
144,978
$
$
Carrying
Value
35,443
123,598
12,404
18,688
658
190,791
$
$
$
$
$
$
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 Using
(in thousands)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
33,262
102,662
6,861
2,193
144,978
$
$
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
(in thousands)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
35,443
123,598
12,404
18,688
—
190,133
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
658
658
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2015 or 2014.
The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:
Balances of recurring Level 3 assets at January 1
Total gain (loss) for the period:
Included in other comprehensive income (loss)
Sales
Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at December 31
Other Debt
Securities
2015
2014
(in thousands)
658
$
—
(658)
—
$
632
26
658
$
$
At December 31, 2014, our other debt security valuation was determined internally by calculating discounted cash flows using the security’s coupon rate of 6.5% and an estimated current market rate of 8.0%
based upon the current yield curve plus spreads that adjust for volatility, credit risk, and optionality. We also considered the issuer(s) publicly filed financial information as well as assumptions regarding the
likelihood of deferrals and defaults. This security was sold during 2015.
93
Table Of Contents
Financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
Description
Impaired loans:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Other real estate owned, net:
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Description
Impaired loans:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Other real estate owned, net:
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Nonfarm nonresidential
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Carrying
Value
$
—$
—
—
139
—
1,362
—
—
—
12,344
—
6,746
—
124
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 Using
(in thousands)
Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
—$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
(in thousands)
Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Carrying
Value
$
12
$
—
$
—
$
—
278
15,825
—
1,635
31
—
—
18,325
654
14,525
4,875
7,818
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
139
—
1,362
—
—
—
12,344
—
6,746
—
124
12
—
278
15,825
—
1,635
31
—
—
18,325
654
14,525
4,875
7,818
Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $1.8 million, with a valuation allowance of $337,000, at December
31, 2015, resulting in no additional provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2014, impaired loans had a carrying amount of $18.4 million, with a valuation allowance of
$622,000, at December 31, 2014, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $5.2 million.
94
Table Of Contents
Other real estate owned, which is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $19.2 million as of December 31, 2015, compared with $46.2 million at December
31, 2014. Write-downs of $9.9 million and $4.3 million were recorded on other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
The following table presents qualitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2015:
Fair Value
(in thousands)
Valuation
Technique(s)
Unobservable Input(s)
Range (Weighted
Average)
Impaired loans – Residential real estate
Sales comparison approach
Adjustment for differences between the
$
1,362
comparable sales
1% - 16% (7%)
Other real estate owned – Commercial real estate
Sales comparison approach
Adjustment for differences between the
$
19,090
Income approach
comparable sales
Discount or capitalization rate
0% - 30% (12%)
10% - 20% (17%)
The following table presents qualitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2014:
Fair Value
(in thousands)
Valuation
Technique(s)
Unobservable Input(s)
Range (Weighted
Average)
Impaired loans – Commercial real estate
Sales comparison approach
Adjustment for differences between the
$
16,103
Income approach
comparable sales
Discount or capitalization rate
0% - 62% (14%)
8% - 9% (8%)
Impaired loans – Residential real estate
Sales comparison approach
Adjustment for differences between the
$
1,635
comparable sales
0% - 39% (11%)
Other real estate owned – Commercial real estate
Sales comparison approach
Adjustment for differences between the
$
33,504
Income approach
comparable sales
Discount or capitalization rate
0% - 45% (18%)
9% - 20% (13%)
Other real estate owned – Residential real estate
Sales comparison approach
Adjustment for differences between the
$
12,693
comparable sales
0% - 15% (6%)
95
Table Of Contents
Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at year-end 2015:
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available for sale
Securities held to maturity
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Loans held for sale
Loans, net
Accrued interest receivable
Financial liabilities
Deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Subordinated capital notes
Junior subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable
Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 Using
Level 1
Level 2
(in thousands)
Level 3
Total
$
$
$
$
93,335
144,978
42,075
7,323
186
606,625
3,116
877,997
—
3,081
4,050
21,000
2,805
$
$
79,498
—
—
N/A
—
—
—
120,043
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
13,837
144,978
44,253
N/A
186
—
1,111
739,152
—
3,076
—
—
422
$
$
—
—
—
N/A
—
614,162
2,005
—
—
—
3,933
12,810
2,383
93,335
144,978
44,253
N/A
186
614,162
3,116
859,195
—
3,076
3,933
12,810
2,805
Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at year-end 2014:
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available for sale
Securities held to maturity
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Loans held for sale
Loans, net
Accrued interest receivable
Financial liabilities
Deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Subordinated capital notes
Junior subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable
Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
Level 1
Level 2
(in thousands)
Level 3
Total
$
$
$
$
80,180
190,791
42,325
7,323
8,926
605,635
3,503
926,841
1,341
15,752
4,950
25,000
2,858
$
$
49,007
—
—
N/A
—
—
—
114,910
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
31,173
190,133
44,498
N/A
8,926
—
1,389
804,508
1,341
15,758
—
—
751
$
$
—
658
—
N/A
—
615,914
2,114
—
—
—
4,765
14,214
2,107
80,180
190,791
44,498
N/A
8,926
615,914
3,503
919,418
1,341
15,758
4,765
14,214
2,858
The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:
(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values and are classified as either Level 1 or Level 2. Noninterest bearing deposits are Level 1 whereas interest bearing due from
bank accounts and fed funds sold are Level 2.
(b) FHLB Stock
It is not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.
(c) Loans, Net
Fair values of loans, excluding loans held for sale, are estimated as follows: For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values
resulting in a Level 3 classification. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of
similar credit quality resulting in a Level 3 classification. Impaired loans are valued at the lower of cost or fair value as described previously. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not
necessarily represent an exit price.
96
Table Of Contents
(d) Loans Held for Sale
The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated based upon binding contracts and quotes from third party investors resulting in a Level 2 classification.
(e) Deposits
The fair values disclosed for non-interest bearing deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date resulting in a Level 1 classification. The carrying amounts of variable
rate interest bearing deposits approximate their fair values at the reporting date resulting in a Level 2 classification. Fair values for fixed rate interest bearing deposits are estimated using a discounted cash
flows calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits resulting in a Level 2 classification.
(f) Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
The carrying amounts of borrowings under repurchase agreements approximate their fair values resulting in a Level 2 classification.
(g) Other Borrowings
The fair values of the Company’s FHLB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates resulting in a Level 2 classification.
The fair values of the Company’s subordinated capital notes and junior subordinated debentures are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements resulting in a Level 3 classification.
(h) Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable
The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 or Level 3 classification based on the level of the asset or liability with which the accrual is associated.
NOTE 20 – STOCK PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has two stock incentive plans. The Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan permits the issuance of up to 1,563,050 shares of the Company’s common stock upon the grant of stock
awards. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had issued and outstanding 922,419 unvested shares net of forfeitures and vesting under the stock incentive plan. Shares issued under the plan vest annually on
the anniversary date of the grant over three to ten years. The Company has 303,592 shares remaining available for issuance under the plan.
The Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Ownership Incentive Plan permits the issuance of up to 700,000 shares of the Company’s voting common stock upon the grant of stock awards. The
Plan awards restricted shares having a fair market value of $25,000 annually to each non-employee director. Unvested shares are granted automatically under the plan at fair market value on the date of grant and
vest on December 31 in the year of grant. The Company has no issued and outstanding unvested shares, net of forfeitures and vesting, to non-employee directors. At December 31, 2015, 185,774 shares remain
available for issuance under this plan.
Upon the sale of our Series A Preferred Shares by the U.S. Treasury at a discount to face amount on December 4, 2014, the restricted shares previously granted in the employment agreements of our senior
executives became subject to permanent transfer restrictions. On March 25, 2015, the Compensation Committee modified the equity compensation arrangements with our four named executive officers to restore
the incentive that was the underlying purpose of the previous grants. The Compensation Committee and the named executive officers mutually agreed to terminate 538,479 restricted shares that were subject to
permanent restrictions on transfer. We then awarded 800,000 new service-based restricted shares to our named executive officers. The new awards were accounted for as a modification and vest over four years,
with one-third of the shares vesting on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant. The modification resulted in incremental compensation expense of approximately $233,000 and will
be amortized in accordance with the vesting schedule.
The fair value of the 2015 unvested shares issued to employees was $712,000, or $0.89 per weighted-average share. The fair value of the 2015 unvested shares issued to directors was $125,000, or $1.08 per
weighted-average share. The Company recorded $445,000 and $555,000 of stock-based compensation during 2015 and 2014, respectively, to salaries and employee benefits. We expect substantially all of the
unvested shares outstanding at the end of the period to vest according to the vesting schedule. No deferred tax benefit was recognized related to this expense for either period.
97
Table Of Contents
The following table summarizes unvested share activity as of and for the periods indicated for the Stock Incentive Plan:
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2015
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2014
Outstanding, beginning
Granted
Vested
Terminated
Forfeited
Outstanding, ending
Weighted
Average
Grant
Price
Shares
$
770,440
800,000
(165,185)
(450,994)
(31,842)
922,419
$
Weighted
Average
Grant
Price
1.33
0.89
1.50
1.25
1.13
0.96
Shares
$
787,426
122,220
(133,227)
—
(5,979)
770,440
$
The following table summarizes unvested share activity as of and for the periods indicated for the Non-Employee Directors Stock Ownership Incentive Plan:
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2015
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2014
Outstanding, beginning
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding, ending
Shares
$
5,052
115,740
(120,792)
—
—
$
Weighted
Average
Grant
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant
Price
Shares
1.65
1.08
1.10
—
—
$
47,428
166,668
(154,222)
(54,822)
5,052
$
1.56
0.93
2.20
—
4.21
1.33
1.69
0.90
0.98
1.29
1.65
Unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to unvested shares for 2016 and beyond is estimated as follows (in thousands):
2016
2017
2018
2019 & thereafter
$
252
156
149
—
98
Table Of Contents
NOTE 21 – EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
The factors used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computation follow:
Net loss
Less:
Preferred stock dividends
Effect of preferred stock exchange
Accretion of Series A preferred stock discount
Income (loss) attributable to unvested shares
Income (loss) attributable to participating preferred shares
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted
Basic
Weighted average common shares including unvested common shares and participating preferred shares
outstanding
Less:
Weighted average unvested common shares
Weighted average Series B Preferred Shares
Weighted average Series C Preferred Shares
Weighted average Series D Preferred Shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic income (loss) per common share
Diluted
Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of common and Preferred Series C stock warrants
Weighted average common shares and potential common shares
Diluted income (loss) per common share
2015
2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(3,213) $
(11,155) $
2013
—
—
—
(122)
(214)
(2,877) $
25,959,720
986,777
666,345
—
1,061,589
23,245,009
(0.12) $
—
23,245,009
(0.12) $
2,362
(36,104)
—
1,435
1,724
19,428
$
14,230,936
904,208
299,855
308,269
477,715
12,240,889
1.59
$
—
12,240,889
1.59
$
(1,586)
1,919
—
160
(171)
(96)
(3,398)
12,722,782
595,150
—
332,894
—
11,794,738
(0.29)
—
11,794,738
(0.29)
$
$
$
$
The Company had no outstanding stock options at December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013. A warrant for the purchase of 330,561 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $15.88 was
outstanding at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 but was not included in the diluted EPS computation as inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. Additionally, warrants for the purchase of 650,544 and
1,449,459 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $10.95 per share were outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, but were not included in the diluted EPS computation as
inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. The 650,544 warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014 expired in September 2015.
99
Table Of Contents
NOTE 22 – PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed financial information of Porter Bancorp Inc. is presented as follows:
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available for sale
Investment in banking subsidiary
Investment in and advances to other subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Debt
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years ended December 31,
Interest income
Dividends from subsidiaries
Other income
Interest expense
Other expense
Loss before income tax and undistributed subsidiary income
Income tax expense
Equity in undistributed subsidiary income (loss)
Net loss
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31,
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments:
Equity in undistributed subsidiary (income) loss
Gain on sale of assets
Tax expense from OCI components
Change in other assets
Change in other liabilities
Other
Net cash (used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Investments in subsidiaries
Sales of securities
Net cash (used in) from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid on preferred stock
Dividends paid on common stock
Net cash (used in) financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
Ending cash and cash equivalents
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$
$
$
$
986
—
55,642
3,360
734
60,722
25,775
2,930
32,017
60,722
$
$
$
$
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$
$
$
46
20
102
(647)
(1,457)
(1,936)
—
(1,277)
(3,213) $
$
53
19
44
(631)
(1,765)
(2,280)
13
(8,862)
(11,155) $
2015
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$
(3,213) $
(11,155) $
1,277
(70)
—
(40)
634
481
(931)
—
642
642
—
—
—
(289)
1,275
986
$
8,862
(44)
13
(26)
1,040
591
(719)
—
179
179
—
—
—
(540)
1,815
1,275
$
$
100
1,275
658
58,097
776
730
61,536
25,775
2,296
33,465
61,536
82
20
966
(642)
(2,064)
(1,638)
—
52
(1,586)
(1,586)
(52)
(727)
—
(240)
833
640
(1,132)
—
1,952
1,952
—
—
—
820
995
1,815
Table Of Contents
NOTE 23 – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
Interest
Income
Net Interest
Income
Provision
For
Loan Losses
OREO
Expense
(in thousands, except per share data)
Net
Income
(Loss)
Earnings (Loss)
Per Common Share
Basic (1)
Diluted (1)
2015
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
2014
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
$
$
$
9,203
9,167
9,179
9,025
$
9,897
10,166
9,814
9,636
$
$
7,290
7,339
7,482
7,440
7,300
7,614
7,337
7,467
$
—
—
(2,200)
(2,300)
$
—
6,300
—
800
$
$
733
2,932
5,131
3,506
662
774
560
3,843
$
594
(2,130)(2)
(1,076)(3)
(601)(3)
$
(287)
(6,234)(4)
(849)
(3,785)(5)
$
0.02
(0.08)
(0.04)
(0.02)
(0.08) $
(0.53)
(0.12)
1.91
0.02
(0.08)
(0.04)
(0.02)
(0.08)
(0.53)
(0.12)
1.91
(1) The sum of the quarterly net income (loss) per share (basic and diluted) differs from the annual net income (loss) per share (basic and diluted) because of the differences in the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding and the common shares used in the quarterly and annual computations as well as differences in rounding.
(2) The $2.1 million loss for the second quarter of 2015 was primarily due to OREO expenses.
(3) The net loss for the third and fourth quarters of 2015 was positively impacted by a $2.2 million and $2.3 million negative provision for loans losses, respectively, and negatively impacted by OREO
expenses of $5.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively.
(4) The $6.2 million loss for the second quarter of 2014 was primarily due to provision for loan losses expense of $6.3 million.
(5) The $3.8 million loss for the fourth quarter of 2014 was primarily due to OREO expenses of $3.8 million.
NOTE 24 – CONTINGENCIES
We are defendants in various legal proceedings. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur. We record contingent liabilities resulting from claims against us when a loss is
assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Assessing probability of loss and estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple factors, including in some cases judgments
about the potential actions of third party claimants and courts. Recorded contingent liabilities are based on the best information available and actual losses in any future period are inherently uncertain. Currently,
we have accrued approximately $2.2 million related to ongoing litigation matters for which we believe liability is probable and reasonably estimable. Accruals are not made in cases where liability is not probable
or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated. Aside from the amounts currently accrued, there is nothing that is reasonably probable. We disclose legal matters when we believe liability is reasonably possible
and may be material to our consolidated financial statements.
Signature Point Litigation. On June 18, 2010, three real estate development companies filed suit in Kentucky state court against the Bank and Managed Assets of Kentucky (“MAKY”). Signature Point
Condominiums LLC, et al. v. PBI Bank, et al., Jefferson Circuit Court, Case No 10-CI-04295. On July 16, 2013, a jury in Louisville, Kentucky returned a verdict against the Bank, awarding the plaintiffs
compensatory damages of $1,515,000 and punitive damages of $5,500,000. The case arose from a settlement in which the Bank agreed to release the plaintiffs and guarantors from obligations of more than $26
million related to a real estate project in Louisville. The plaintiffs were granted a right of first refusal to repurchase a tract of land within the project. In exchange, the plaintiffs conveyed the real estate securing the
loans to the Bank. After plaintiffs declined to exercise their right of first refusal, the Bank sold the tract to the third party. Plaintiffs alleged the Bank had knowledge of the third party offer before the conveyance
of the land by the Plaintiffs to the Bank. Plaintiffs asserted claims of fraud, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing, tortious interference with prospective business advantage and
conspiracy to commit fraud, negligence, and conspiracy against the Bank.
After conferring with its legal advisors, the Bank believes the findings and damages are excessive and contrary to law, and that it has meritorious grounds on which it has moved to appeal. The Bank’s Notice of
Appeal was filed on October 25, 2013. After a number of procedural issues were resolved, the Bank filed its appellate brief on September 30, 2014. Appellee’s brief was filed on December 1, 2014. The Appellate
Court heard oral arguments on November 16, 2015. We await the Appellate Court’s ruling. We will continue to defend this matter vigorously.
101
Table Of Contents
In accordance with the guidance provided in ASC 450-20-25, and after consultation with its legal counsel engaged for the appeal of the verdict, the Company concluded that it was not probable the full amount of
the compensatory damages awarded by the jury would be overturned. Therefore, a liability was accrued for the full $1.5 million of compensatory damages awarded, plus statutory interest. After conferring with its
legal counsel for the appeal, the Company concluded that the jury verdict for punitive damages was contrary to law, unsupported, excessive, and otherwise inappropriate. Based on this advice, the Company
concluded it was probable that the verdict amount for $5.5 million in punitive damages would be overturned by the appeals court, and therefore it was not probable that the $5.5 million in punitive damages would
become an actual liability. The ultimate outcome of this self-insured matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
SBAV LP Litigation. On December 17, 2012, SBAV LP filed a lawsuit against the Company, the Bank, J. Chester Porter and Maria L. Bouvette in New York state court. The proceeding was removed to New
York federal district court on January 16, 2013, and on February 27, 2013, SBAV LP filed an Amended Complaint. On July 10, 2013, the New York federal district court granted the defendants’ motion to transfer
the case to federal district court in Kentucky. SBAV LP v. Porter Bancorp, et. al., Civ. Action 3:13-CV-710 (W.D.KY). The Amended Complaint alleged a violation of the Kentucky Securities Act and negligent
misrepresentation against all named defendants, and breach of contract against Porter Bancorp alone. The plaintiff sought damages in an amount in excess of $4,500,000, or the difference between the $5,000,016
purchase price and the value of the securities when tendered by the plaintiff, plus interest at the applicable statutory rate, costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. We and other defendants disputed the material
factual allegations made in the Amended Complaint, and on September 13, 2013, filed a motion to dismiss all claims in the complaint for pleading failures and for failure to state a claim upon which relief may be
granted. On March 25, 2014, the judge ruled that SBAV had failed to state a claim against the Bank and dismissed the Bank from the case. On November 2, 2015, the parties agreed to settle the litigation and
executed a confidential written settlement agreement. The settlement of this litigation did not materially exceed amounts accrued or have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results
of operations.
Miller’s Health System Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan. On December 26, 2013, the United States Department of Labor (“DOL”) filed a lawsuit against the Bank in U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of Indiana. Thomas E. Perez, Secretary of the United States Department of Labor v. PBI Bank, Inc. (Civ. Action 3:13-CV-1400-PPS). The complaint alleges that in 2007 the Bank, in the capacity of
trustee for the Miller’s Health System’s Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan, authorized the alleged imprudent and disloyal purchase of the stock of Miller’s Health Systems, Inc. (“Miller’s Health”) in 2007 for
$40 million, a price allegedly far in excess of the stock’s fair market value. The suit also alleges, among other things, that the Bank approved 100% seller financing for the transaction at an excessive rate of
interest. On March 31, 2014, the Bank filed its answer, disputing the material factual allegations of the complaint. On April 10, 2014, the Bank filed a third-party complaint against Miller’s Health seeking to
enforce its indemnity rights, as well as third party claims for contribution against named directors and officers of Miller’s Health. On March 12, 2015, the parties agreed to settle the litigation and executed a
written settlement agreement on July 10, 2015. The Bank agreed to a settlement payment, which, to the extent not paid from insurance proceeds, had been previously reserved for. The court entered an agreed
order ending the litigation on July 20, 2015.
AIT Laboratories Employee Stock Ownership Plan. On August 29, 2014, the United States Department of Labor (“DOL”) filed a lawsuit against the Bank and Michael A. Evans in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of Indiana. Thomas E. Perez, Secretary of the United States Department of Labor v. PBI Bank, Inc. and Michael A. Evans (Case No. 1:14-CV-01429-SEB-MJD). The complaint alleges that in
2009, the Bank, in the capacity of trustee for the AIT Laboratories Employee Stock Ownership Plan, authorized the alleged imprudent and disloyal purchase of the stock of AIT Holdings, Inc. in 2009 for $90
million, a price allegedly far in excess of the stock’s fair market value. The Bank's responsive pleading was filed on November 4, 2014, disputing the material factual allegations that have been made by the DOL.
A settlement conference was held November 19, 2015, at which the parties agreed to the terms of a settlement subject to final documentation. The settlement of this litigation is not expected to materially exceed
amounts accrued or to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operation.
United States Department of Justice Investigation. On October 17, 2014, the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) notified the Bank that the Bank was the subject of an investigation into possible
violations of federal laws, including, among other things, possible violations related to false bank entries, bank fraud and securities fraud. The investigation concerns allegations that Bank personnel engaged in
practices intended to delay or avoid disclosure of the Bank’s asset quality at the time of and following the United States Treasury’s purchase of Preferred Shares from the Company in November 2008. The Bank
will respond to and cooperate with any requests for information from DOJ. At this time the investigation is ongoing, and DOJ has made no determination whether to pursue any action in the matter.
102
Table Of Contents
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our
management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures as of December 31, 2015. Based on that evaluation, we believe that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to collect, process, and disclose the information required to be disclosed in the
reports filed with the SEC within the required time periods as of the end of the period covered by this report.
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Porter Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(1)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of; our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the board of directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our
receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial
reporting is effective based on those criteria.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal controls over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our
registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
/s/ John T. Taylor
John T. Taylor
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer
Item 9B.
Other Information
None
103
Table Of Contents
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer and our senior financial officers, which is posted on our website at http://www.pbibank.com. If we amend or waive any of the
provisions of the Code of Ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer or senior financial officers, we intend to disclose the amendment or waiver on our website. We will provide to any person without
charge, upon request, a copy of this Code of Ethics. You can request a copy by contacting Porter Bancorp, Inc., Chief Financial Officer, 2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville, Kentucky, 40223, (telephone) 502-
499-4800.
Additional information required by this Item 10 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2016, which includes the required information. The
required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this Item 11 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2016, which includes the required information. The
required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item 12 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2016, which includes the required information. The
required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this Item 13 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2016, which includes the required information. The
required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item 14 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2016, which includes the required information. The
required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.
104
Table Of Contents
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 1.
The following financial statements are included in this Form 10-K:
PART IV
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Change in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(a) 2.
List of Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules are omitted because the information is not applicable.
(a) 3.
List of Exhibits
The Exhibit Index of this report is incorporated by reference. The compensatory plans or arrangement required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(c) are noted with an asterisk
in the Exhibit Index.
105
Table Of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
March 25, 2016
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
By:
/s/ John T. Taylor
John T. Taylor
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
/s/ John T. Taylor
John T. Taylor
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
/s/ W. Glenn Hogan
W. Glenn Hogan
/s/ Michael T. Levy
Michael T. Levy
/s/ Bradford T. Ray
Bradford T. Ray
/s/ N. Marc Satterthwaite
N. Marc Satterthwaite
/s/ W. Kirk Wycoff
W. Kirk Wycoff
/s/ James M. Parsons
James M. Parsons
/s/ Dr. Edmond J. Seifried
Dr. Edmond J. Seifried
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
106
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
March 25, 2016
Table Of Contents
Exhibit No. (1)
3.1
Description
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated March 2, 2015. Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed March 2, 2015 is incorporated by reference.
EXHIBIT INDEX
3.2
3.3
4.1
4.2
10.1+
10.2+
10.3+
10.4+
10.5+
10.6+
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
21.1
23.1
Amendment dated September 23, 2015 to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed September 23, 2015 is incorporated by reference.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Porter Bancorp, Inc. Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed May 22, 2014 is hereby incorporated by reference. Bylaws dated November 30, 2005.
Exhibit 3.2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006 is incorporated by reference.
Warrant to purchase up to 299,829 shares. Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed November 24, 2008 is incorporated by reference.
Securities Purchase Agreement between Porter Bancorp, Inc. and Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and other purchasers named therein, dated as of June 30, 2010. Exhibit 10.1 to
the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2010 is incorporated by reference.
Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated as of March 26, 2014. Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-8 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-202749) filed
March 13, 2015 is incorporated by reference. Appendix B to Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 28, 2014 is incorporated by reference.
Form of Porter Bancorp, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2012 is incorporated by reference.
Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Ownership Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2014. Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-8 Registration
Statement (Reg. No. 333-202746) filed March 13, 2015 is incorporated by reference. Appendix A to Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 28, 2014 is incorporated by reference.
Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Bonus Plan incorporated by reference in the Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 28, 2014.
Form of Ascencia Bank (now PBI Bank) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Exhibit 10.5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006
is incorporated by reference.
Form of Amendment to PBI Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K filed March 29, 2009 is incorporated by reference.
Consent Order with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions dated November 12, 2015. Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed
November 12, 2015 is incorporated by reference.
Employment Agreement with John T. Taylor (Exhibit 10 to Form 8-K filed August 6, 2012 is incorporated by reference.
Employment Agreement with John R. Davis (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed September 25, 2012 is incorporated by reference.
Employment Agreement with Joseph C. Seiler (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2013 is incorporated by reference.
Employment Agreement with Phillip W. Barnhouse (Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2013 is incorporated by reference.
Description of Exchange Agreements dated November 19, 2014, between Porter Bancorp, Inc. and holders of Series A Preferred Stock is incorporated by reference to Item 1.01
to Form 8-K filed November 24, 2014.
Form of Exchange Agreement dated November 19, 2014, between Porter Bancorp, Inc. and holders of Series A Preferred Stock. Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed November 24,
2014 is incorporated by reference.
List of Subsidiaries of Porter Bancorp, Inc.
Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
107
Table Of Contents
Exhibit No. (1)
31.1
Description
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 or 15d-14
31.2
32.1
32.2
101
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 or 15d-14
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(b) or 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(b) or 15d-14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350
The following financial statements from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance
Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity,
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
+
(1)
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the
Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
108
SUBSIDIARIES OF PORTER BANCORP, INC.
Exhibit 21.1
Direct Subsidiary
PBI Bank
Ascencia Statutory Trust I
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
PBIB Corporation, Inc.
Kentucky
Connecticut
Connecticut
Connecticut
Connecticut
Kentucky
Jurisdiction of Organization
Does Business As
PBI Bank
Ascencia Statutory Trust I
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
PBIB Corporation, Inc.
Indirect Subsidiary
PBI Title Services, LLC
Jurisdiction of Organization
Does Business As
Parent Entity
Kentucky
PBI Title Services, LLC
PBI Bank
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Exhibit 23.1
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-188988; 333-189005; 333-202746 and 333-202749 on Form S-8 of Porter Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 25, 2016 with
respect to the consolidated financial statements of Porter Bancorp, Inc., which report appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Porter Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Louisville, Kentucky
March 25, 2016
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Exhibit 31.1
I, John T. Taylor, Chief Executive Officer of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the
end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 25, 2016
/s/ John T. Taylor
John T. Taylor
Chief Executive Officer
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Exhibit 31.2
I, Phillip W. Barnhouse, Chief Financial Officer of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the
end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 25, 2016
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the “Report”), I, John T. Taylor, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 25, 2016
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
By:
/s/ John T. Taylor
John T. Taylor
Chief Executive Officer
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
Exhibit 32.2
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the “Report”), I, Phillip W. Barnhouse, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 25, 2016
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
By:
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer